FACULTY ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / DEPARTMENT...

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / DEPARTMENT

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Zastosowanie sztucznej inteligencji w sterowaniu i diagnostyce

Name in English Application of the artificial intelligence techniques in control and

diagnostics

Main field of study (if applicable): CONTROL ENGINEERING AND ROBOTICS

Specialization (if applicable): … Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus

Level and form of studies: 2nd level, full-time

Kind of subject: obligatory

Subject code ARR023221

Group of courses NO

Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar

Number of hours of organized classes in

University (ZZU) 30 15

Number of hours of total student workload

(CNPS) 90 30

Form of crediting Examination Crediting with

grade

For group of courses mark (X) final course

Number of ECTS points 3 1

including number of ECTS points for practical (P)

classes 0 1

including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-

student contact (BK) classes 2 1

*delete as applicable

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES

Has knowledge in the field of control theory, informatics and modeling of dynamical systems

(in Matlab/Simulink). \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 – Familiarizing students with the extended knowledge on the neural modeling, topologies of neural

networks (recurrent, with mixed feedbacks, dynamical networks, neuro-fuzzy networks, radial basis

networks, wavelet networks etc.), their learning and optimization methods.

C2 – The acquisition of practical knowledge on the design and software-based realization of different

neural network structures and their applications as controllers, state estimators, fault classifiers and

detectors in industrial systems, including electrical drives.

C3 – Familiarizing students with extended knowledge on design methods of classical fuzzy systems,

different types of fuzzy models (Mamdani, TSK, Tsukamoto, with parametric, wavelet, recurrence

conclusions etc.), adaptive and sliding fuzzy control, stability analysis methods for systems with

fuzzy controllers.

C4 – The acquisition of practical knowledge and skills for design and software-based realization of

control structures with different fuzzy controllers and their analysis.

C5 –Acquisition and fixing the social competences related to creative thinking.

SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS

relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – Has a matured knowledge on different neural network architectures (recurrent, with mixed

feedbacks, dynamical networks, neuro-fuzzy networks, radial basis networks, wavelet networks

etc.) and their learning methods.

PEK_W02 – Has knowledge on basic optimization methods of neural networks.

PEK_W03 – Has knowledge on fundamental applications of chosen neural network structures as

controllers, state estimators, fault classifiers and detectors in industrial systems, including

electrical drives.

PEK_W04 – Has knowledge on topology of fuzzy systems like Mamdani, TSK, Tsukamoto, with

parametric conclusions and others, as well as their characteristic features and design methods.

PEK_W05 – Knows possibility of classical structure modifications using elements based on fuzzy

systems.

PEK_W06 – Has knowledge on adaptive control and stability analysis of control structures with fuzzy

systems.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – Can design different neural network structures for specific application and train them for

problem solving..

PEK_U02 – Can design the control structure with neural controller, including adaptive solution.

PEK_U03 – Can design fuzzy systems of different structures and choose their parameters using

different methods.

PEK_U04 – Can design the control structure with adaptive fuzzy controller.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number of

hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Basic problems and structures of neural networks –

repetition. 2

Lec 2-3 Feedforward network, recurrent networks, networks with mixed feedbacks,

ADALINE and MADALINE networks, selforganising networks, their

training methods. Neuro-fuzzy networks..

4

Lec 4 Advanced learning methods and structure optimization methods for neural

networks. 2

Lec 5 Neural state and parameter estimators for dynamical plants, including

electrical machines and drive systems. 2

Lec 6-7 Neural controllers for dynamical plants – overview of solutions. Adaptive

neural controllers, examples of applications in electrical drives. 4

Lec 8 Neural diagnosis systems, neural networks for faults detection.

Selforganising Kohonen network and its application for faults recognition

in electrical machines and drives; examples.

2

Lec 9 Fuzzy logic theory and system – repetition. 1

Lec 9-10 Fuzzy systems of different types, like: Mamdani, TSK, Tsukamoto, with

parametric conclusions and others 3

Lec 11 Design methods for fuzzy systems. 2

Lec 12-13 Modiffication of classical control structures using elements based on fuzzy

systems. 4

Lec 14 Adaptive fuzzy control. 2

Lec 15 Stability of fuzzy control systems 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes - laboratory Number of

hours

Lab1 Introduction. Organization of exercises. 1

Lab2 Design and training of neural state and parameter estimators for dynamical

plants. 2

Lab3-4 Design of neural controllers, including adaptive controllers. 4

Lab5-6 Design of fuzzy systems of different types. 4

Lab7-8 Adaptive fuzzy systems. Crediting with grade. 4

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 – Lecture with multimedia tools combined with classical lecture (problem oriented)

N2 – Own work – studying problems and preparation to the exam

N3 – Consultations

N4 – Own work – preparation to the laboratory exercises

N5 – Testing of student knowledge with short test before laboratory exercises.

N6 – Laboratory exercises – discussion of the obtained experimental results in reports

EVALUATION OF SUBJECT EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS ACHIEVEMENT

Evaluation (F – forming

(during semester), P –

concluding (at semester end)

Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect

achievement

LECTURE

P1 PEK_W01 PEK_W06 Examination (written)

P=P1

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_W01 PEK_W06

PEK_U01 PEK_U04

Evaluation of student preparation to

laboratory exercises (short tests)

F2 PEK_U01 PEK_U04

Activity in the laboratory practices

F3 PEK_U01 PEK_U04 Evaluation of the laboratory reports

P = 0,2*F1+0,4*F2+0,4*F3

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY LITERATURE

PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Osowski S. Sieci neuronowe w ujęciu algorytmicznym, WNT 1996

[2] Piegat A., Modelowanie sterowanie i rozmyte, Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, 1999

[3] Łęski A., Systemy neuronowo-rozmyte, WNT 2008

[4] Rutkowska D., Piliński M., Rutkowski L., Sieci neuronowe, algorytmy genetyczne i systemy

rozmyte, PWN, 1997.

[5] Neural Networks Toolbox for use with MATLAB®, User’s Guide

[6] Fuzzy Logic Toolbox for use with MATLAB®, User’s Guide

SECONDARY LITERATURE:

[1] Driankov D., Hellendoorn H., Reinfrank M., Wprowadzenie do sterowania rozmytego, WNT,

1996.

[2] Korbicz J., Obuchowicz A., Uciński D., Sztuczne sieci neuronowe. Podstawy i zastosowania.

Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza PLJ, Warszawa 1994

[3] Żurada J., Barski M., Jędruch W., Sztuczne sieci neuronowe, PWN, 1996

SUBJECT SUPERVISOR (NAME AND SURNAME, E-MAIL ADDRESS)

Teresa Orłowska-Kowalska, [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT

Application of the artificial intelligence techniques in control and diagnostics

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

CONTROL ENGINEERING AND ROBOTICS

AND SPECIALIZATION AUTOMATION OF MACHINES, VEHICLES AND

APPARATUS

Subject

educational

effect

Correlation between subject educational

effect and educational effects defined for

main field of study and specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject

objectives Programme

content*** Teaching

tool number

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_W06 C1, C2 Lec1 Lec3 N1 N3

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_W06 C1, C2 Lec 4 N1 N3

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_W06 C1, C2 Lec 5 Lec 8 N1 N3




PEK_U01 S2AMPU_U05 C1, C2 Lab1 Lab2 N4 N6




Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Komputerowo wspomagane modelowanie i projektowanie układów

sterowania

Name in English Computer aided modeling and design of control systems

Main field of study (if applicable): Control Engineering and Robotics

Specialization (if applicable): Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus




Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 60 30

Form of crediting crediting with

grade* crediting with

grade*



including number of ECTS points for practical

(P) classes 2

including number of ECTS points for direct

teacher-student contact (BK) classes 1.5 2



relating to knowledge:

1. He has an extended knowledge of the stability analysis of linear and nonlinear control

systems; he have knowledge on prototyping systems,

2. He has a basic knowledge of programming in Matlab / Simulink. He knows the

methods of mathematical calculations (matrix, derivative etc.), analysis and synthesis of

simple control systems.

3. He has a basic knowledge of differential equations and linear differential equations

(Laplace transform theory).

relating to skills:

1. He is able to use the knowledge of differential and integral calculus in the problems

connected with the engineering studies

2. He can formulate an algorithm, he can create code in Matlab and Simulink to develop

computer programs to analysis and synthesis of control systems

relating to social competences:

1. He understand and knows the possibility of continuous training (studies II and III

degree, postgraduate courses), improving professional skills, personal and social. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 - Familiarizing students with the basic knowledge necessary to understand the ideas and

principles of computer modeling and design of automatic control systems.

C2 - Informing the student the possibility to use different techniques and computer analysis

tools to use in the engineering practice

C3 - Manufacturing of the ability to apply computer modeling techniques for complex drive

systems with AC and DC motors.

C4 - The acquisition of practical knowledge and the ability to combine high current systems

with control systems.



PEK_W01 - He has a broader and deeper knowledge of the methods of computer-aided design

and modeling of automatic control systems

PEK_W02 - He has a broader and deeper knowledge of the possible use of computer tools for

research and analysis of power electronics systems and modern control systems

PEK_W03 He has the theoretically founded knowledge of the ways and languages of the

design of complex technical processes

PEK_W04 – He understand the methodology of designing complex electronic systems; know

computer programming languages and tools for the design and simulation of circuits

and systems

PEK_W05 – He has the knowledge in the design of control systems of electric drives using

programs SimPower, PSIM, SIMPLORER, PLECS

PEK_W06 - He know and understand graphical software for power electronics programming

PEK_W07 - He has knowledge on developments in modeling and design of control systems

using computers

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - He can obtain information from literature, databases and other sources, is able to

integrate the information, make their interpretation and critical evaluation, as well as

draw conclusions and formulate and fully justify opinions

PEK_U02 - He can work independently and in a team,

PEK_U03 - He can develop a detailed documentation of the results of an experiment or

research project task, can make development containing a discussion of the results

PEK_U05 - He can take advantage of known methods and mathematical models - if necessary,

modify them - for the analysis and design using known methods for computer-aided

modeling

PEK_U06 - He is able to evaluate and compare the software to model complex processes and

is able to plan and carry out the simulation, is able to plan the testing process

PEK_U07 - He can design automatic control systems, electronic components,

PEK_U08 - He can program in several graphical languages

PEK_U09 - He can test hypotheses related to the modeling

PEK_U10 - He can integrate the knowledge in the field of power electronic, taking into

account the non-technical aspects (including economic and legal)

PEK_U11 - He can evaluate the usefulness and the ability to exploit new environments for

modeling of automatic control systems


PEK_K01 - He can think and act in a creative and enterprising

PEK_K02 - He understands the need for the formulation and communication to the public -

including through the mass media, presenting different points of view

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number

of

hours

Lec 1 Introduction, the main goal of the lecture, credit requirements 1

Lec 1-

2

Computer-aided design and automatic control systems - basic definitions 3

Lec 3-

5

Graphical methods for the design of complex power electronic systems 6

Lec 6-

7

Modeling of automation control systems 4

Lec 8-

9

Modeling of automation control systems usin the PSIM software 4

Lec

10-11

Computer-aided design of complex automatic control systems using the PLECS

software - on the example of the speed control of DC motor

4

Lec

12-14

Computer-aided design of complex automatic control systems using the

SimPower software – electrical drives

6

Lec 15 Tools for computer analysis of control systems - the comparative analysis.

Assessment

2

Total hours 30

Form of classes - project Number of

hours

Proj 1 Presentation of the Rules of Procedure Health and Safety Laboratory.

Establish rules for passing. General knowledge of the workplace.

Discussion of the rules for the implementation of projects.

2

Proj 2 Information about the software SIMPLORER, TCAD, PSIM - modeling

rectifiers 3D, 4D, 6D, 4T, 6T

2

Proj 3 Introduction to Software SimPower, PLECS - Modeling the drive and

modulation algorithm

2

Proj 4-8 Project realization 9

…

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Lecture with audio-visual technology, multimedia presentations, transparencies.

N2 - presentation of the project, consultations, etc.


Evaluation (F

– forming

(during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

Lecture

P PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04,

PEK_W05,

PEK_W06,

PEK_W07,

Passing a written and / or oral

Project

F1 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

Verification and evaluation of project

preparation

F2 PEK_U01

-

PEK_U11

Activity in the classroom project

F3 PEK_U04

-

PEK_U11

Evaluation of the project and the form of

its presentation

P=0,1*F1+0,2F2+0,7*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

1. Zbigniew Łukasik, Laboratorium komputerowej symulacji układów automatyki,

Wydawnictwo Politechniki Radomskiej Rok wydania: 2009

2. Benjamin C. Kuo, Farid Golnaraghi, Automatyczne systemy sterowania, Wiley 2003

3. Pawlaczyk, Leszek. Energoelektronika : ćwiczenia laboratoryjne , Wrocław : Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 2005

4. Koczara, Włodzimierz, Wprowadzenie do napędu elektrycznego, Warszawa : Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej, 2012


1. Orłowska-Kowalska, Teresa, Bezczujnikowe układy napędowe z silnikami indukcyjnymi,

Wrocław : Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 2003


Mateusz Dybkowski, [email protected]


Computer aided modeling and design of control systems AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics

AND SPECIALIZATION

Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus

Subject

educational

effect

Correlation between

subject educational

effect and

educational effects

defined for main

field of study and

specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge)

S2AMPU_W08 C1, C2 Lec1, Lec 2,

Lec 3, Lec 4,

Lec 5, Lec 6, Lec 7, Lec 10, Lec

11, Lec 12, Lec 13, Lec 14,

Lec 15

N1

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_W08 C1, C2 Lec 6- Lec 15 N1

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_W08 C1, C2 Lec 1, Lec 2, Lec 15 N1

PEK_W04 S2AMPU_W08 C1, C2 Lec 6, Lec 15 N1




PEK_U01

(skils)

S2AMPU_U07 C1, C2,

C3,C4

Proj1, Proj 2, Proj 3 N2

PEK_U02

-

PEK_U11

S2AMPU_U07 C1, C2,

C3,C4

Proj 4, Proj 5, Proj 6, Proj 7,

Proj 8

N2

PEK_K01

(competences) S2AMPU_K02 C1, C2,

C3, C4

Proj 1- Proj 8 N1, N2

PEK_K02 S2AMPU_K01 C1, C2,

C3,C4

Lec 1- Lec 15 N1, N2

** - enter symbols for main-field-of-study/specialization educational effects

*** - from table above

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Programowanie obiektowe

Name in English: Object-oriented programming






Group of courses NO



University (ZZU) 30

15


(CNPS) 30

60


grade crediting with

grade


Number of ECTS points 1

2


classes 2


teacher-student contact (BK) classes 1

2



Knowledge:

1. Has basic knowledge of algorithm design and writing of computer programs in high-level

languages.

2. Has basic knowledge of numerical methods.

Skills:

1. He can properly and effectively use knowledge of the development of algorithms and ways

of solving them.Can practically apply the knowledge of programmable controllers and their

components.

2. He can write a computer program using the C / C + + language.

Other competences:

1. He understands a need to participate in activities to improve their skills and acquire new

knowledge. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Familiarize students with the theoretical knowledge of the object-oriented programming

C2. Familiarize students with a basic working knowledge on computer programming using

tools based on object-oriented programming

C3. The acquisition and consolidation of social competences including emotional intelligence

involving the ability to work in a group of students with a view to effective problem

solving. Responsibility, honesty and fairness in the procedure observance in force in

academia and society.


Relating to knowledge:

PEK_W01 – He knows how to describe the software algorithm.

PEK_W02 – He knows what it is object-oriented programming and knows the basic features

PEK_W03 – He knows how to use object-oriented programming to write a computer program

solves the given algorithm.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – He can formulate the problem of programming.

PEK_U02 – He can write a program in the selected language of object oriented programming

by using appropriate programming methods

PEK_U03 – He can analyze the written program to find and fix bugs of its operation

Relating to social competences: The acquisition and consolidation of competence in the

following areas:

PEK_K01 - Search for information and its critical analysis.

PEK_K02 - Team cooperation on improving methods for the selection of a strategy to

optimally solving of entrusted group problems

PEK_K03 - Understanding of the need for self-study, including the ability to improving the

attention and focus on what's important and to develop the ability to independently

apply their knowledge and skills

PEK_K04 - capacity development self-esteem and self-control and responsibility for the results

of actions taken

PEK_K05 - Respect customs and rules of the academic environment

PEK_K06 - Independent and creative thinking

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Introductory lecture. Basic definitions. Object oriented programming -

introduction.

2

Lec 2 The structures and functions of the classes and methods. 2

Lec 3-

Lec8

The modifier const references. Description of data structures and their

use. Features classes and templates. Constructors and destructors.

12

Lec 9 –

Lec 10

Inheritance - the basic rules of application. Methods and directions

projection: projection up and down.

4

Lec 11 –

Lec 12

Handling Exceptions in object-oriented programming. Rules of respect

names.

4

Lec 13 –

Lec 14

Graphic elements in object-oriented programming. 4

Lec 15 Written test 2

Total hours 30


hours

Lab 1 Introduction to the rules and regulations of internal safety lab. General

familiarization with laboratory equipment and development enviroment.

2

Lab 2 Introductory exercise: description of the environment, making the sample 2

project.

Lab 3 Writing programs with complex data types, operators and object-oriented

programming elements

2

Lab 4 Writing programs using the procedures of control the program sequence

with elements of object-oriented programming

2

Lab 5,

Lab 6,

Lab 7

Writing programs using a graphical user interface and object-oriented

programming elements

6

Lab 8 Writing programs with support for exceptions. Pass of the labs. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture using modern multimedia techniques.

N2. Individual work, preparation for exercise.

N3. Consultation.

N4. Traditionally carried out laboratory.

N5. Lecture - final test.

N6. Laboratory – pass of labs.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

Lecture

P1 PEK_W01-PEK_W03 Pass written and verbal

P=P1

Laboratory

F1 PEK_U01-PEK_U03

PEK_K01-PEK_K06

Activity in laboratory classes,

conversations and discussions,

written tests

F2 PEK_U01-PEK_U03 Assesment of written programs

P=0,3*F1+0,7*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Liberty J., Siddhartha R., Bradley J., C++ dla każdego. Poznaj język C++ w 21 dni,

Wyd. Helion, Gliwice 2011

[2] Prata S., Język C++. Szkoła programowania. Wyd. V., Wyd. Helion, 2006

[3] Stroustrup B., Język C++, Wyd. WNT,Warszawa 2002

[4] Bjarne s., Programming: principles and practice using C++, Upper Saddle River, NJ :

Addison-Wesley, cop. 2009.


[1] [1] Huzar Zb., Information systems modelling and analysis, Wyd. Wroclaw University of

Technology, 2011

[2] McLaughlin B., Pollice G., West D., Analiza I projektowanie objektowe, Wyd. Helion 2010


Krzysztof Dyrcz, [email protected]

MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR

SUBJECT

Object-oriented programming



AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject educational effect Correlation between subject

educational effect and educational

effects defined for main field of

study and specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject

objectives*** Programme

content*** Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 -

PEK_W03

S2AMPU_W09 C1 Lec1- Lec15 N1, N2,N3,N5

PEK_U01 -

PEK_U03

S2AMPU_U08 C2 Lab1-Lab8 N2,N3,N4,N6

PEK_K01 -

PEK_K06

S2AMPU_K02 C3 Lec1-Lec15

Lab1-Lab8

N1-N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Energoelektronika w automatyce przemysłowej

Name in English Power electronics in industry automation



Level and form of studies: 2 level, full-time



Group of courses NO



University (ZZU) 30

15


(CNPS) 60

30

Form of crediting Examination crediting with

grade



1


classes 1


student contact (BK) classes 1,5

1




1. It has a basic knowledge of the principles of operation of electronic systems and

power electronics.

2. It has a basic knowledge of automatic control systems.

3. It has a basic knowledge of machinery, equipment and electric drives.

relating to skills:

1. It can effectively apply knowledge of electrical circuit theory to solve problems

2. It can obtain information from the literature, catalogs, databases, and other sources of

industrial electronic systems. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To provide students with a basic knowledge of the specific work of electrical power

converters in industrial automation system. C2. To provide students with the basic characteristics of the converters working with machinery

and electrical equipment.

C3. The acquisition of practical knowledge of construction measurement systems to determine the

characteristics of the real converter systems.



PEK_W01 It has an elementary knowledge of the use of power converters as power

components in systems of automatic control of industrial equipment.

PEK_W02 Has an elementary knowledge on how to control the output parameters of power

converters.

PEK_W03 Knows the basic conditions for co-operation of electrical machinery and

electrical equipment with power electronic converters.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Able to organize the study of industrial electronic systems.

PEK_U02 It can determine the basic characteristics of the power converters working as part

of the control system.

PEK_U03 It can present the results in numerical and graphical form and to interpret them.

He can draw conclusions from the measurements.


PEK_K01 He knows the rules of group work and managing a small team taking

responsibility for the results of his work.

PEK_K02 He can think and act in a creative and enterprising.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Mathematical models of controlled rectifiers and control systems for

the rectifiers. 2

Lec 2 Controls output parameters of rectifiers. Adaptive regulators. 2

Lec 3 Controlled Rectifiers for DC electrical drive systems 2

Lec 4 Controlled rectifier for welding machines.

Controlled Rectifiers in DC power transmission 2

Lec 5 AC thyristor controllers in systems for soft start induction motors 2

Lec 6 DC-DC switching power converters.

Mathematical models. 2

Lec 7 Controls converters. Control of output parameters of converters. 2

Lec 8 DC converters for drive systems of vehicles. 2

Lec 9 Voltage source inverters. Mathematical models. 2

Lec 10 PWM control of output voltage for voltage inverters. 2

Lec 11 The use of voltage inverters for electrical drives. 2

Lec 12 Resonant inverters. Basic mathematical models. Industrial

applications of resonant inverters. 2

Lec 13 The use of inverters for active filters and active rectifiers 2

Lec 14 Control of current source inverters. Mathematical models. 2

Lec 15 Simulation programs for analysis operation converters 2

Total hours 30


hours

Lab 1 Getting Acquainted with the positions of the laboratory. Principles of

measurements.

2

Lab 2 Research single phase cycloconverter 2

Lab 3 Research single phase AC controller with integration control. 2

Lab 4 Research single- phase inverter with DC circuit with closed-loop

control.

2

Lab 5 Research power supply with high frequency transformer. 2

Lab 6 Research cooperation: three-phase inverter with external power

source.

2

Lab 7 Research reversing thyristor rectifier. 2

Lab 8 Crediting with grade. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lectures using multimedia techniques.

N2. Laboratory test performed on specialized research positions in groups.

N3. Consultation.




concluding (at semester

end)

Educational effect

number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

Lectures

P PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

Examination

Laboratory

F1 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

Evaluation of preparation for laboratory

F2 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

Activity during laboratory classes

F3 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

Evaluation reports conducted laboratory

measurements.

P=0,25*F1+0,25*F2+0,5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Barlik R., Nowak M.: Technika tyrystorowa, WNT 1994

[2] Tunia H., Winiarski B., Technika tyrystorowa, WNT 1994


[1] Piróg S.: Energoelektronika, Kraków ,Wydawnictwo AGH 1998.

[2] Strzelecki R., Supronowicz H.: Współczynnik mocy w systemach zasilania prądu

przemiennego metody jego poprawy.


Leszek Pawlaczyk, [email protected]


POWER ELECTRONICS IN INDUSTRY AUTOMATION


CONTROL ENGINEERING AND ROBOTICS AND SPECIALIZATION

AUTOMATION OF MACHINES, VEHICLES AND APPARATUS

Subject educational

effect

Correlation between subject

educational effect and

educational effects defined for

main field of study and

specialization (if applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_W10 C1,C2 Lec1 - Lec7 N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_W10 C1, C2 Lec1 – Lec8 N1, N2

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_W10 C1, C2 Lec8 – Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_U01 S2AMPU_U09 C2, C3 Lab2 – Lab7 N2, N3



PEK_K01 S2AMPU_K01 C1, C2, C3 Lec1 – Lec15 N1, N2, N3

PEK_K02 S2AMPU_K02 C1, C2, C3 Lab1 – Lab8 N1, N2, N3




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Sterowniki Programowalne w Automatyce

Przemysłowej

Name in English: Programmable Logic Controllers In Industrial

Automation


Specialization (if applicable): Automation of Machines, Vehicles and

Apparatus



Subject code: ARR023225

Group of courses: NO


Number of hours of organized

classes in University (ZZU) 30

Number of hours of total student

workload (CNPS) 60


grade*

For group of courses mark (X) final

course


including number of ECTS points for

practical (P) classes 2


direct teacher-student contact (BK)

classes

2



KNOWLEDGE:

1. It has a basic knowledge of the construction and operation of PLCs.

2. He knows basic PLC programming languages.

SKILLS:

1. It can connect the PLC to the control system.

2. He can develop a control algorithm of the selected industrial process.

SOCIAL COMPETENCES:

Understands the need and knows the possibilities of the continuous training, improving the professional,

personal and social competencies. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquire the skills to configure and programming of modular PLC of the latest generation.

C2. Knowing the possible use of popular industrial communication networks to exchange data between

PLCs.

C3. Acquiring skills: connection, commissioning and testing of a operation of distributed control

system.

C4. Strengthening knowledge and skills in the field of creating of industrial process visualization using

operator panels and SCADA software.


Relating to skills:

PEK_U01: It can configure and run modular PLC.

PEK_U02: He can develop a control algorithm and program PLCs, working in a distributed control

system.

PEK_U03: Is able to connect various industrial automation devices using standard communication

networks.

PEK_U04: It can design and run the application to visualize the selected industrial process using

operator panels and / or SCADA software.

Relating to social competences:

PEK_K01: It has a sense of responsibility for their own work and a willingness to comply with the

principles of teamwork.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - laboratory Number of hours

Lab 1

Introduction to the Rules and Regulations of internal safety lab. Establish

rules for passing. General familiarization with laboratory equipment.

Discussion of the laboratory exercises.

2

Lab 2 Introduction to the CX-One software. Configuration and programming

OMRON CJ1M controller. 2

Lab 3 Getting to know the function libraries of the CX-Programmer software. 2

Lab 4 Configuration and programming of special I/O modules. The use of analog

inputs/outputs. 2

Lab 5 Configuration and programming of PTS52 unit. Temperature measurement

using Pt100 sensors. 2

Lab 6 Structuring of user program - the division of the program into sections,

tasks, subroutines. 2

Lab 7 Programming of function blocks. 2

Lab 8 Programming of serial ports. The exchange of data between controllers

with PC-Link network. 2

Lab 9 The use of communication modules PRM21 for data exchange using

PROFIBUS network. Operation of the distributed I/O station GRT1-PRT. 2

Lab 10 The use of communication modules DRM21 for data exchange using

DeviceNet network. Operation of the distributed I/O station GRT1-DRT. 2

Lab 11 Programming of operator panels OMRON NS-5. 2

Lab 12 Application of CX-Supervisor software for visualization of industrial

processes. 2

Lab 13-14 Programming of control systems of selected models of advanced industrial

processes. 4

Lab 15 Giving reports, summary and pass the lab. 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Multimedia presentations.

N2 - The laboratory is carried out in the traditional manner in student groups. Laboratory is equipped

with: PCs, PLCs and the models of machinery, equipment and industrial processes.





end)

Educational effect


Laboratory

F1 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

Assessment of prepare for laboratory exercises.

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

Activity in laboratory classes.

F3 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_U04

Rating of reports of completed projects.

P = 0,3*F1+0,4*F2+0,3*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kasprzyk J., Programowanie sterowników przemysłowych, WNT

[2] Pawlak M., Sterowniki Programowalne, e-skrypt, Wyd. Politechnika Wrocławska,

Wrocław 2010, dostępny w Dolnośląskiej Bibliotece Cyfrowej


[1] Weigmann J., Kilian G., Decentralization with PROFIBUS-DP, Publicis MCD Verlag,

Erlangen 2000

[2] Solnik W., Zajda Z., Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Profibus DP i MPI, Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2004.

[3] Mikulczyński T., Automatyzacja procesów produkcyjnych, WNT, 2009

[4] Zbiór instrukcji laboratoryjnych, materiałów pomocniczych do wykładu oraz

dokumentacji technicznych sterowników programowalnych.

[5] Flaga S., Programowanie sterowników PLC w języku drabinkowym, BTC, Legionowo

2010

[6] Sałat R., Korpysz K., Obstawski P., Wstęp do programowania sterowników PLC, WKŁ,

Warszawa 2010


Marcin Pawlak, [email protected]


Programmable Logic Controllers In Industrial Automation



AND SPECIALIZATION Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus

Subject educational

effect Correlation between subject





Subject

objectives*** Programme content*** Teaching tool

number***

PEK_U01 S2AMPU_U10 C1 Lab 2–7 N1, N2

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_U10 C3 Lab 8–10,

Lab 13, Lab 14 N1, N2

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_U10 C2 Lab 8, Lab 9, Lab 10 N1, N2

PEK_U04 S2AMPU_U10 C4 Lab 11, Lab 12 N1, N2

PEK_K01 S2AMPU_K02 C1, C2, C3,

C4 Lab 2–14 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Bezprzewodowe systemy sterowania i kontroli

Name in English: Wireless control and monitoring systems





Subject code: ARR023227W

Group of courses NO



University (ZZU) 30


(CNPS) 60


grade




classes


student contact (BK) classes 1



Knowledge:

1. Has basic knowledge of microprocessor-based systems.

2. Has basic knowledge of industrial automation systems and communication networks.

3. Has basic knowledge of computer systems. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Familiarize students with a basic knowledge of the guidance and control systems.

C2. Familiarize students with basic knowledge about the techniques of wireless data.

C3. Familiarize students with a basic knowledge of the data communication protocols in

wireless networks.



PEK_W01 – Has a basic knowledge of the architecture of the wireless guidance and control

systems.

PEK_W02 – Has a basic knowledge of the wireless data transmission techniques in the

guidance nad control systems

PEK_W03 – Has a basic knowledge of the protocols used in wireless transmission systems.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Introductory classes. Basic definitions and notions. A network theoretical

model OSI/ISO.

2

Lec 2 Real-time systems. The components of distributed systems. 2

Lec 3-

Lec4

Sending data via infrared IrDA 4

Lec 5 –

Lec 6

Sending data via radio link. Network topologies, data transmission

techniques, modems.

4

Lec 7 –

Lec 8

Sending data via GSM/GPRS. Network topologies, data transmission

techniques, modems.

4

Lec 9 –

Lec 10

The use of Ethernet for wireless data transfer: technology of Wi-Fi.

Network topologies, data transmission techniques, apparatus.

4

Lec 11 –

Lec 12

The use of Bluetooth technology for wireless data transfer. Data transfer

technology and equipment. Description of the data transfer protocol.

4

Lec 13 –

Lec 14

ZigBee standard for data transmission. Description of standard, data

transmission technology, apparatus.

4

Lec 15 Written test 2

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture using modern multimedia techniques.

N2. Consultation.

N3. Written test.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

Lecture

P1 PEK_W01-PEK_W03 Written test

P=P1


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Werewka J., Systemy rozproszone sterowania i akwizycji danych, CCATIE vol. 9, Kraków

1998

[2] Grega W., Sterowanie cyfrowe w czasie rzeczywistym, Wyd. wydz. AAIiE AGH, Kraków

1999

[3] Ross J., Sieci bezprzewodowe : przewodnik po sieciach Wi-Fi i szerokopasmowych

sieciach bezprzewodowych, Wyd. Helion, Gliwice, 2009

[4] Kurytnik I., P., Karpiński M., Bezprzewodowa transmisja informacji, Wyd. PAK,

Warszawa, 2008

[5] Engst A. C., Sieci bezprzewodowe : praktyczny przewodnik, Wyd. Helion, Gliwice, 2005

[6] Ludwin W., Bluetooth : nowoczesny system łączności bezprzewodowej, Wyd. AGH,

Kraków, 2003

[7] Hołubowicz W., Płóciennik P., Cyfrowe systemy telefonii komórkowej GSM 900, GSM

1800, UMTS, Wyd. OST HOLKOM, Poznań, 1998


[1] www.wi-fi.org.

[2] www.wimaxfotum.org

[3] www.networld.pl



http://www.wimaxfotum.org/


SUBJECT

Wireless control and monitoring systems AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION






applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W1 – PEK_W3 S2AMPU_W11 C1-C3 Lec 1-Lec 14 N1,N2

PEK_W1 – PEK_W3 S2AMPU_W11 C1-C3 Lec 15 N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Sterowanie przekształtników statycznych

Name in English Control of static converters

Main field of study : Control Engineering and Robotics

Specialization : Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus

Level and form of studies: 2nd* level, full-time

Kind of subject: optional


Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 60 30


grade*

For group of courses mark (X) final course Number of ECTS points 2 1


classes 1


teacher-student contact (BK) classes 1,5 1




1. It has a basic knowledge of analysis and synthesis of linear and nonlinear circuits.

2. It has a basic knowledge of design and operation of of electronic devices and circuits,

and basics power electronics.

3. It has a basic knowledge of electrical machines and electromechanical drive systems.

4. It has a basic knowledge of automatic control systems

relating to skills:

1. Can apply knowledge in the field of electrical circuit theory to analyze transients in

linear and nonlinear circuits.

2. Can apply knowledge of control theory to the analysis and synthesis of control systems.


1. He understands the need for continuing education and professional skills development.

2. It has a sense of responsibility for their own work. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To provide students with the basic principles of non-linear control, pulse, closed systems of

automatic control.

C2. To provide students with the basic systems of power converters.

C3. To provide students with basic mathematical models and the way of job analysis converters.

C4. To provide students with the principle of operation of control systems and control of power

converters.

C5. To provide students with basic applications, power electronic systems used in renewable

energy.



PEK_W01 It has an elementary knowledge of the control of power semiconductor devices.

PEK_W02 It has a basic knowledge in the field of power electronics systems cooperating with

renewable energy sources.

PEK_W03 He knows the basic methods of mathematical description of converter systems.

PEK_W04 He knows the principle of operation of control systems and automatic control

power electronic converters.

PEK_W05 It has an elementary knowledge of the applications of power electronics in

renewable energy.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Able to organize research on industrial power electronic converters.

PEK_U02 It can determine the basic characteristics of the power converters operating as

elements of the control system.

PEK_U03 It can present the results in numerical and graphical form and to interpret them.

He can draw conclusions from the measurements.


PEK_K01 He knows the rules of group work and managing a small team taking

responsibility for the results of his work.

PEK_K02 He can think and act in a creative and enterprising.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Power Semiconductor Devices. Basic gate control. 2

Lec 2 Multi-phase thyristor rectifier. Control of the output voltage. 2

Lec 3 Control the output current rectifiers. Adaptive regulators. 2

Lec 4 Control of DC - DC converters. 2

Lec 5 One, two and four quadrant switching converters. 2

Lec Phase- controlled there-phase AC voltage controllers. 2

Lec 7 Control of voltage inverters. 2

Lec 8 Multilevel inverters. 2

Lec 9 Controls of inverters. 2

Lec 10 Pulse-width-modulated (PWM) 2

Lec 11 Closed- loop operation of inverters. 2

Lec 12 Controls of current source inverters. 2

Lec 13 Control of three-phase active rectifier. 2

Lec 14 Control of converters for wind generators with variable speed. 2

Lec 15 Mathematical modeling of power converters. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Lab 1 Introduction to the lab program 2

Lab 2 The testing of the gate driver for thyristor. 2

Lab 3 The testing of the gate driver for bipolar transistor 2

Lab 4 Test of the control system for three-phase rectifier 2

Lab 5 Test of the control system for AC -AC voltage regulator 2

Lab 6 Test of the control system for three-phase AC -AC voltage regulators. 2

Lab 7 Tests of the control system for three-phase PWM inverter. 2


Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Informative Lectures using presentation slides

N2. Individual work, self-study.

N3. Consultation





end)

Educational effect

number

Way of evaluating educational effect

achievement

Lecture

P

PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

PEK_W04

PEK_W05

Examination

F1 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03

Evaluation of preparation for laboratory

F2 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

Activity during laboratory classes

F3 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03

Evaluation reports conducted laboratory

measurements.

P=0,25*F1+0,25*F2+0,5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Tunia H., Winiarski B.: Energoelektronika. Warszawa WNT 1994.

[2] Barlik R., Nowak M.: Technika tyrystorowa. Warszawa WNT 1994.

[3] Barlik R., Nowak M.: Poradnik inżyniera energoelektronika. Warszawa WNT 1994.

[4] Szczęsny R. Komputerowa symulacja układów energoelektronicznych. Wydawnictwo

Politechniki Gdańskiej 1999


[1] Januszewski S., Świątek H., Zymmer K.: Półprzewodnikowe przyrządy mocy. WKŁ

1999.

[2] Piróg S.: Energoelektronika. Kraków Wydawnictwo AGH 1998.

[3] Nowacki Z.: Modulacja szerokości impulsów w napędach przekształtnikowych prądu

przemiennego.

[4] Tunia H., Winiarski B.: Podstawy energoelektroniki. Warszawa WNT 1987.

[5] Tunia H., Kaźmierkowski M.: Automatyka napędu przekształtnikowego. Warszawa PWN

1987.

[6] Strzelecki R., Supronowicz H.: Współczynnik mocy w systemach zasilania prądu

przemiennego i metody jego poprawy. Warszawa Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki

Warszawskiej. 2000



CONTROL OF STATIC CONVERTERS AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject educational

effect Correlation between

subject educational effect

and educational effects

defined for main field of


applicable)**

Subject


number***

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_A_W01 C1 Lec1, Lec2 N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_A_W01 C2 Lec2, Lec5, Lec6, Lec7 N1, N2

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_A_W01 C3, C4 Lec4, Lec8, Lec 9, Lec 14,

Lec15

N1, N2

PEK_W04 S2AMPU_A_W01 C4 Lec3, Lec8, Lec9, Lec10,

Lec11

N1, N2


PEK_U01 S2AMPU_A_U01 C2, C3 Lab 2 – Lab 7 N2, N3



PEK_K01 S2AMPU_K01 C1, C2, C3 Lec1 – Lec 8 N1-N3

PEK_K02 S2AMPU_K02 C1, C2, C3 Lab1 – Lab 8 N1-N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Napędy elektryczne pojazdów

Name in English Electrical drives vehicles






Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 60 30


grade*




(P) classes 1


teacher-student contact (BK) classes 1.5 1




1. It has an advanced knowledge of the topology of power electronic systems. He knows

the mathematical description of the electronics circuits. Understands methods of

modulation in power converters systems.

2. He has knowledge of modern electrical drives control structures of various types of

motors (AC, DC, PMSM).

3. He has knowledge of advanced methods of modeling, design and testing of control

systems.

relating to skills:

1. He is able to plan and carry out the study of complex electrical drive systems with AC

motors and DC. Able to analyze complex systems, electric drives, plan their testing

process, can formulat and test hypotheses

2. He is able to model the complex objects and industrial processes. He can design a

control structure. He can analyze the control systems.

3. Can design and run DC and AC converters.


1. He can think and act in a creative and enterprising. He is able to appropriately

determine the priorities for the implementation of a specific task

2. He knows the rules of group work and direct a small team taking responsibility for the

results of his work. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 - Understanding students with the basic knowledge connected with the electric drives

applied in electric vehicles

C2 - Informing students about the safety problem

C3 - The acquisition of practical knowledge and skills necessary to build a modern drive

systems for electric vehicles



PEK_W01 - He has a broader and deeper knowledge in the field of power electronics and

control systems of modern electrical drives, including the knowledge necessary to

understand the physical phenomena in the new control structure and operation of

advanced power electronic systems

PEK_W02 – He has knowledge in the field of power electronics and control systems of

modern electrical drives

PEK_W03 – He has theoretically founded knowledge in the field of automation, including the

knowledge necessary to understand the topics connected with the electric vehicles

PEK_W04 - He has theoretically founded knowledge about the safety systems

PEK_W05 - He has a basic knowledge of the algorithms used in modern vector control

structures

PEK_W06 - He has knowledge on developments in the field of electric drive vehicles

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – He can obtain information from literature, databases and other sources, is able to

integrate the information, make their interpretation and critical evaluation, as well as

draw conclusions and formulate and fully justify opinions

PEK_U02 – He is able to work independently and in a team, able to assess the time-consuming

task,

PEK_U03 – He can develop a detailed documentation, can make development containing a

discussion of the results

PEK_U04 - He can prepare and give a presentation on the implementation of the project or

research task, and lead a discussion about the presentation shown

PEK_U05 - He understand the concept of a complete control system of electric vehicles

PEK_U06 - He is able to design modern control systems for complex algorithms to analyze the

motion, can think creatively and communicate knowledge of the basics of electric

vehicle systems

PEK_U07 - He can formulate a design specification using a complex system such as standards

governing the operation of electronic devices

PEK_U08 - He can design automatic control systems, electronic components, including

propulsion systems for selected criteria of economic performance and, if necessary,

adapt existing or develop new design methods and tools Computer-aided design (CAD)

PEK_U09 - He can integrate knowledge in the field of electric drives, electronics, and other

disciplines, using a systems approach, taking into account the non-technical aspects

(including economic and legal)


PEK_K01 – He can think and act in a creative and enterprising

PEK_K02 – He understands the need for the formulation and communication to the public -

including through the mass media - information and advice on the achievements of electronics

and other aspects of electronics engineer presenting different points of view.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of

hours

Lec 1-

3

Introduction, credit requirements.

Fundamentals drive systems used in electric vehicles. The theory of motion

control - an analysis of the suitability of the electric drive motor vehicles. Effect

of mechanical connections to the drive.

6

Lec 4 Electric drive systems and control. Examples of solutions design and

performance characteristics of electric vehicles.

2

Lec 5 Analysis of the active-controlled rectifier - possible use in the electrical drives

and traction system

2

Lec 6-

7

Electrical drives – control methods. Influence of the chosen sensors on their

work. The issue of safety drives.

4

Lec 8-

9

Traction drive system. Advantages and disadvantages of the electrical drives. 4

Lec

10-11

Electrical vehicles – state of the art. 4

Lec 12 Energy sources in electrical vehicles. 2

Lec 13 Hybrid vehicles. Construction, purpose of use and types of hybrids. 2

Lec 14 Diesel-electric hybrid vehicles. Examples of design solutions hybrid cars. 2

Lec 15 Development trends of energy technologies in transport. Assessment 2

Total hours 30


hours

Proj

1

Presentation of the Rules of Procedure Health and Safety Laboratory.

Establish rules for passing. General knowledge of the workplace. Discussion

of the rules for the implementation of projects.

2

Proj

2

Modeling of electric vehicle power system - a system charger works with

voltage inverter.

2

Proj

3

Modelling of the voltage inverter controlled by MSI powered with lithium-ion

batteries. The development of the battery charging system or return energy to

the grid.

2

Proj

4-8

The implementation of the selected project, completion 9

…

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Lecture with audio-visual technology, multimedia presentations, transparencies.

N2 - presentation of the project, consultations, etc.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

Lecture

P PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04,

PEK_W05

PEK_W06

Passing a written and / or oral

Project

F1 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

Verification and evaluation of project

preparation

F2 PEK_U01

-

PEK_U09

Activity in the classroom project

F3 PEK_U04

-

PEK_U09

Evaluation of the project and the form of its

presentation

P=0,1*F1+0,2F2+0,7*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

1. Koczara, Włodzimierz, Wprowadzenie do napędu elektrycznego, Warszawa:

Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej, 2012

2. Merkisz J., Pielecha I.: Alternatywne napędy pojazdów. Wydawnictwo Politechniki

Poznańskiej. Poznań 2006.

3. Michałowski K., Ocioszyński J., Pojazdy samochodowe o napędzie elektrycznym i

hybrydowym. WKiŁ, Warszawa, 1989.

4. Kaczmarek T.: „ Napęd elektryczny robotów”. Wydawnictwo Politechniki

Poznańskiej, Poznań 1996

5. Kosmol J.: „ Serwonapędy obrabiarek sterowanych numerycznie”. Wydawnictwa

Naukowo – Techniczne, Warszawa 1998

6. Wiak S., Welfle H., Silniki tarczowe w napędach lekkich pojazdów elektrycznych.,

Łódź, Wydaw. PŁ,2001.

7. Drozdowski P., Wprowadzenie do napędów elektrycznych, Skrypt Politechniki

Krakowskiej, Kraków 1998.

8. Bisztyga K., Sterowanie i regulacja silników elektrycznych, Warszawa, WNT 1989

9. Dąbrowski M., Projektowanie maszyn elektrycznych prądu przemiennego, WNT,

Warszawa 1988r.

10. E. Gmurczyk, A. Kundera, M. Niewiadomski, T. Płatek, Nowoczesne

asynchroniczne napędy pojazdów trakcyjnych, Wiadomości Elektrotechniczne -

2006).


1. Orłowska-Kowalska, Teresa, Bezczujnikowe układy napędowe z silnikami

indukcyjnymi, Wrocław : Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, 2003

2. Dębicki M.: „Teoria samochodu. Teoria napędu”. WNT 1969.

3. Szumanowski A.: „Czas energii”. WKiŁ 1988

4. Mitschke M.: „Dynamika samochodu. Napęd i hamowanie”. WKiŁ 1987

5. Michałowski K., Ocioszyński J.: „Pojazdy samochodowe o napędzie elektrycznym

i hybrydowym”. WKiŁ 1989

6. Szydelski Z.: „Sprzęgła, hamulce i przekładnie hydrokinetyczne”. WKiŁ 1981

7. Szklarski L., K. Jaracz, K. Viteček: „Optymalizacja układów napędowych”. PWN

1989


Mateusz Dybkowski, [email protected]


Electrical drives vehicles



AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject

educational

effect

Correlation between

subject educational

effect and

educational effects

defined for main

field of study and

specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_A_W06 C1, C2 Wy1, Wy2,

Wy3, Wy4,

Wy5, Wy6,

Wy7,Wy10,

Wy11,Wy12, Wy13,

Wy14, Wy15

N1

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_A_W06 C1, C2 Wy4-Wy15 N1

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_A_W06 C1, C2 Wy8, Wy7 N1




PEK_U01 S2AMPU_A_U06 C1, C2, C3 Pr1, Pr2, Pr3 N2

PEK_U02

-

PEK_U09

S2AMPU_A_U06 C1, C2, C3 Pr4, Pr5, Pr6, Pr7, Pr8 N2

PEK_K01 K2AiR_K06 C1, C2, C3 Pr1-Pr8 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K02 C1, C2, C3 Wy1-Wy15 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Badanie i diagnostyka napędów przekształtnikowych

Name in English: Testing and diagnostics of converter-fed drives


Specialization (if applicable): Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus Level and form of studies: 2nd level, full-time



Group of courses NO



University (ZZU)

15 15


(CNPS)

30 30

Form of crediting crediting

with

grade

crediting with

grade




practical (P) classes

1


teacher-student contact (BK) classes

1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER

COMPETENCES

KNOWLEDGE:

1. Has a basic knowledge on electrical machines, knows the working rules of the basic types of

electric machines.

2. Has a basic knowledge on electrical drives.

3. Has a basic knowledge on digital signal processing.

SKILLS:

1. Can correctly and effectively use knowledge on the construction and operation of electrical

machines and drives.

2. Can correctly apply the mathematical methods associated with digital signal processing.

3. Can correctly realize basic measurements of electrical and mechanical quantities.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Familiarizing students with the problems of damage of electrical machines and

fundamentals of technical diagnostics.

C2. Familiarizing students with the basic testing of electrical machines.

C3. Familiarizing students with the basic methods of faults monitoring and diagnosis of

electric machines and drives.

C4. Perfecting skills for qualitative understanding and the interpretation of results of analysis of

diagnostic signals.

C4. Acquisition of practical knowledge regarding the measurements of electrical and mechanical

quantities characterizing the operation and performance of electrical machines.

C6. Acquire the skills to use and assembly of circuits and systems for monitoring and diagnosis

of electric machines and drives.



PEK_W01 - Has knowledge of the basic methods for monitoring and diagnosis of electrical machines

PEK_W02 - Has knowledge of the basic methods of testing and fault detection of electrical machines

and drives

PEK_W03 - Has matured knowledge of the measurement methods and signal processing used in the

diagnosis of electrical machines

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - Has skills associated with the detection of basic faults in electrical machines and drives

PEK_U02 - Can choose the method and measurement equipment for testing and diagnosis of electrical

machines and drives


PEK_K01 – Understands the needs for team work on finding and improving the methods of problem

solving.

PEK_K02 – Can think and act in a creative and independent way.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Introduction to technical diagnostics and research of converter-fed

drives.

2

Lec 2 Measurements of basic signals and quantities characterizing

performance of converter-fed drives. Basic faults of converter-fed

drives with scalar and vector control.

2

Lec 3 Monitoring methods for static converters. Methods of fault detection

in rectifiers and voltage inverters.

2

Lec 4 Methods of digital diagnostic signal processing used in monitoring of

converter-fed drives.

2

Lec 5 Faults detection of the electrical motors operating in closed-loop

systems.

2

Lec 6 Application of observers and Kalman filter in diagnostics of

converter-fed drives

2

Lec 7 Application of artificial intelligence methods in diagnostics of

electrical drives.

2

Lec 8 Computer monitoring and diagnostics systems (hardware and

software). Crediting with grade.

2

Total hours 30


hours

Lab 1 System for automatic testing and conditions monitoring of converter-

fed induction motor drive

2

Lab 2 Monitoring of the drive system equipped with the converter with

diagnostic module (LENZE set-up).

2

Lab 3 Diagnostics of the induction motor drives with scalar control, based on

stator current measurements.

2

Lab 4 Diagnostics of the induction motor drives with DFOC control, based on

state observer and Kalman filter.

2

Lab 5 Testing of the converter-fed drive using thermovision camera. 2

Lab 6 Monitoring of the converter-fed induction motor drive using Ethernet. 2

Lab 7-8 Application of artificial intelligence methods in diagnostics of

converter-fed drives. Crediting with grade

3

Total hours 15

N1. Multimedia lecture with elements of traditional lectures and problem

N2. Own work - self-study and preparation to the course assessment

N3. Consultation

N4. Own work - preparation for laboratory

N5. Checking knowledge through short tests

N6. Laboratory exercises - a discussion of the obtained results contained in the reports.





end)


achievement

Lecture

P1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W03 Written test

P=P1

F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W03

PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U02

Rating preparation for laboratory

exercises

F2 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U02

PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02

Activity in laboratory classes

F3 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U02 Rating reports of laboratory exercises

P=0,2*F1+0,4*F2+0,4*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Cempel C., Tomaszewski F. (edytorzy), Diagnostyka maszyn. Zasady ogólne, przykłady

zastosowań, MCNEMT Radom 1992

[2] Glinka T., Badania diagnostyczne maszyn elektrycznych w przemyśle, Komel, Katowice

2000

[3] Kowalski C.T., Monitorowanie i diagnostyka uszkodzeń silników indukcyjnych

wykorzystaniem sieci neuronowych, Prace Naukowe Instytutu Maszyn, Napędów i

Pomiarów Elektrycznych, nr57, Wrocław 2005


[1] Basztura C., Komputerowe systemy diagnostyki akustycznej, PWN 1996

[2] Vas P., Parameter estimation, condition monitoring and diagnosis of electrical machines,

Clarendon Press, Oxford 1993


Czesław Kowalski, [email protected]


SUBJECT

Testing and diagnostics of converter-fed drives AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY

Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION Automation of Machines, Vehicles and

Apparatus

Subject educational effect Correlation between

subject educational effect

and educational effects

defined for main field of


applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_B_W03 C1 ÷ C3 Lec1 ÷ Lec8 N1 ÷ N3



PEK_U01 S2AMPU_B_U03 C4 ÷ C6 Lab1 ÷ Lab8 N4 ÷ N6

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U03 C4 ÷ C6 Lab1 ÷ Lab8 N4 ÷ N6

PEK_K01 S2AMPU_K01 C4 ÷ C6 Lab1 ÷ Lab8 N1 ÷ N6





SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Sterowanie rozproszone w automatyce

przemysłowej

Name in English: Distributed Control in Industrial Automation


Specialization (if applicable): Automation of Machines, Vehicles and

Apparatus






Number of hours of organized

classes in University (ZZU) 15 15


workload (CNPS) 30 30



grade*


course





direct teacher-student contact (BK)

classes

0,5 1



KNOWLEDGE:

1. He has knowledge of the theory of logic circuits.

2. It has knowledge of the structure of programmable controllers and understands their principles

of operation.

SKILLS:

1. It can connect the PLC to the control system.

2. He can develop a control algorithm of the selected industrial process.

SOCIAL COMPETENCES:

Understands the need and knows the possibilities of the continuous training, improving the professional,

personal and social competencies. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Familiarize students with the structure of the distributed control systems of automation.

C2. The acquisition of basic knowledge of popular communication networks used in industrial

automation.

C3. Acquire the skills configure industrial communication networks.

C4. The acquisition skills programming of the automation devices in distributed control systems.



PEK_W01: It has knowledge of the structure of the industrial control systems.

PEK_W02: Has knowledge in the field of communication networks used in distributed control

systems

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01: He can connect and configure a distributed control system using popular industrial

communication networks.

PEK_U02: It is able to program controllers and industrial automation equipment to realize the

selected industrial process.


PEK_K01: It has a sense of responsibility for their own work and a willingness to comply with the

principles of teamwork.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture Number of hours

Lec 1 Introductory classes. Basic definitions and concepts. The components of a

distributed automation system. 2

Lec 2 Structure, configuration and programming the OMRON CJ1-series

PLCs. 2

Lec 3 Communication in distributed automation systems. Examples of industrial

communication networks. 2

Lec 4 Data exchange with Profibus and DeviceNet networks using OMRON

SmartSlice distributed I/O modules . 2

Lec 5 Application of RS-232 and RS-485 serial interfaces for industrial automation.

Data exchange between controllers using PCLink network. 2

Lec 6 Visualization of industrial processes on HMI terminals 2

Lec 7 SCADA systems in industrial automation. Designing a visualization system

using OMRON CX Supervisor package. 2

Lec 8 Final test. 1

Total hours 15

Form of classes - laboratory Number of hours

Lab 1 Introduction to the Rules and Regulations of internal safety lab. General

familiarization with laboratory equipment. 2

Lab 2 Implementation of the selected control system using PLC. 2

Lab 3 Introductory classes to use communication networks and distributed I/O

modules. 2

Lab 4

Programming the control system of selected industrial process using

distributed I/O modules connected with DeviceNet and PROFIBUS

network – part 1.

2

Lab 5

Programming the control system of selected industrial process using

distributed I/O modules connected with DeviceNet and PROFIBUS

network – part 2.

2

Lab 6 Programming of the visualization system using HMI terminals. 2

Lab 7 Programming of visualization system using the Omron Cx-Supervisor

SCADA system. 2

Lab 8 Summary and pass the lab. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Lecture using audiovisual techniques, multimedia presentations.

N2 - The laboratory is carried out in the traditional manner in student groups. Laboratory is equipped

with: PCs, PLCs and the models of machinery, equipment and industrial processes.





end)

Educational effect


Lecture

P PEK_W01

PEK_W02 Final test

Laboratory

F1 PEK_U01

PEK_U02 Assessment of prepare for laboratory exercises.

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02 Activity in laboratory classes.

F3 PEK_U01

PEK_U02 Rating of reports of completed projects.

P = 0,2*F1+0,5*F2+0,3*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kasprzyk J., Programowanie sterowników przemysłowych, WNT

[2] Pawlak M., Sterowniki Programowalne, e-skrypt, Wyd. Politechnika Wrocławska,

Wrocław 2010, dostępny w Dolnośląskiej Bibliotece Cyfrowej


[1] Flaga S., Programowanie sterowników PLC w języku drabinkowym, BTC, Legionowo

2010

[2] Janusz Kwaśniewski, Sterowniki PLC w praktyce inżynierskiej, BTC

[3] Weigmann J., Kilian G., Decentralization with PROFIBUS-DP, Publicis MCD Verlag,

Erlangen 2000

[4] Solnik W., Zajda Z., Komputerowe sieci przemysłowe Profibus DP i MPI, Oficyna


[5] Mikulczyński T., Automatyzacja procesów produkcyjnych, WNT, 2009

[6] Zbiór instrukcji laboratoryjnych, materiałów pomocniczych do wykładu oraz

dokumentacji technicznych sterowników programowalnych.


Marcin Pawlak, [email protected]


Distributed Control in Industrial Automation




Subject educational






Subject


number***

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_B_W04 C1 Lec 1, Lec 2,

Lec 4–6 N1

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_B_W04 C2 Lec 3, Lec 7 N1

PEK_U01 S2AMPU_B_U04 C3 Lab 2–5 N2

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U04 C4 Lab 2,

Lab 4–7 N2

PEK_K01 S2AMPU_K02 C1,C2,C3,C4 Lab 1–8 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Projektowanie układów przekształtnikowych

Name in English Design of Power Converter

Main field of study Control Engineering and Robotics

Specialization Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus

Level and form of studies: 2 level, full-time



Group of courses NO



University (ZZU) 15

15


(CNPS) 30

30



grade* For group of courses mark (X) final course


1


(P) classes 1



1




1. It has a basic knowledge of the principles of operation of power converters. Familiar

with the basic mathematical description of power converters and their control systems.

2. Know and understand the main areas of application of power converters (power

systems, electric drive systems, process equipment, etc.)

relating to skills:

1. It can search for the information you need in the technical literature and online

resources, and to verify their suitability to carry out the design task.

2. It supports software (Matlab, Mathcad, etc.) to carry out the calculation, verification,

and visualization of results.


1. He understands the need for continuing education and professional skills

development.

2. It has a sense of responsibility for one's own work. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To provide students with the basic parameters and characteristics of real devices

converter C2. The acquisition by the student practical skills the selection and design of the basic elements of

power converters.

C3. Acquisition of skills and description of the results of the design calculations.



PEK_W01 it has a basic knowledge of the use of power converters in selected

technological devices

PEK_W02 Understands the impact of the proposed design solutions of the the converter

on the quality operation technological device and its impact on the

environment (mains network electromagnetic compatibility, noise, etc.).

PEK_W03_ it has an elementary knowledge of manufacturers and sources of information

(literature, catalogs, Internet resources) allowing you to specify the parameters

of components and converters of power electronics.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 It can, on the basis of the data parameters of the designed device, formulate

requirements for type and capacity of power converter.

PEK_U02 Able to formulate basic requirements for the converter control system

PEK_U03 It can calculate the basic parameters of the components in the circuit of power

converter.


PEK_K01 He understands the need for continuous learning and skills development.

PEK_K02 It can work with groups of people with different competences to the project

unit.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Basic topologies: diode rectifiers and phase-controlled

rectifiers. 2

Lec 2

The calculation of the basic parameters of the power rectifier circuit: the

calculation of the parameters and selection of power semiconductor devices,

the calculation of the transformers to power converters.

2

Lec 3 Designing the basic elements of the protection for rectifiers and inverters. 2

Lec 4 Design and selection of basic components: transformers, converters,

switching reactors, reactors for input and output filters. 2

Lec 5 Basic topology converters DC / DC converter operating with high frequency.

Designing the basic elements of the power circuit of the converter. 2

Lec 6 Topology and design of the basic elements of the power converter circuit AC

/ DC / AC. Design elements of the inverter circuit and a DC link. 2

Lec 7 The basic elements of the control system converters. Draft selected elements

of the converter control system. 2

Lec 8 Crediting with grad. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1 Design of the phase-controlled rectifier . 2

Proj 2 The project of diode rectifier.

Design of circuit AC. Line filters and filter of the DC. 2

Proj 3 Design of the switching power supply DC / DC converter with isolated input

and output circuits. 2

Proj 4 Design of the step-down (buck) converter. 2

Proj 5 Design of DC / DC converter with high-frequency resonant circuit. 2

Proj 6 Design selected elements of the three-phase voltage source inverter. 2

Proj 7 Design selected elements of the current source inverter with modulation

output current. 2

Proj 8 Crediting with grade 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture information using a multimedia presentation.

N2. Project classes in student groups.

N3. Consultation.





end)

Educational effect

number Way of evaluating educational effect

achievement

lecture

P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03

Final test

project

F1

PEK_U01,

PEK_W01,

PEK_K01,

PEK_K02

Rating involvement in the search and

preparation of information materials and

catalog for the project

F2

PEK_U02,

PEK_W02,

PEK_K01,

PEK_K02

Activity in the course of the project

activities

F3

PEK_U03,

PEK_W03,

PEK_K01,

PEK_K02.

Quality assessment of the implementation of the

project.

P=0,25*F1+0,25*F2+0,5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Nowak M., Barlik R.: Poradnik inżyniera energoelektronika. Wydawnictwa Naukowo-

Techniczne, Warszawa 1998

[2] Kaźmierowski M.P., Matysik J.T.: Wprowadzenie do elektroniki i energoelektroniki

O.W. Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 2005

[3] O. Ferenczi: Zasilanie układów elektronicznych, WNT, Warszawa 1989


[1] Piróg S.: Energoelektronika. Kraków Wydawnictwo AGH 1998

[2] Układy energoelektroniczne – obliczanie, modelowanie, projektowanie. Wydawnictwa

Naukowo-Techniczne, Warszawa 1982, s.

[3] Grzybowski W. et al., Projektowanie przekształtników tyrystorowych, WNT 1980.


Leszek Pawlaczyk, [email protected]


DESIGN OF POWER CONVERTER AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject educational

effect





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) S2AMPU_B_W05 C1, C2 Lec1-Lec7 N1-N3

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_B_W05 C2 Lec1-Lec7 N1-N3

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_B_W05 C2, C3 Lec1-Lec7 N1-N3

PEK_U01

(skills) S2AMPU_B_U05 C1, C2 Pr1-Pr7 N1-N3

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U05 C2 Pr1-Pr7 N1-N3

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_B_U05 C3 Pr1-Pr7 N1-N3

PEK_K01 (competences)

K2AiR_K01 C1-C3 Lec1-Lec7,

Pr1-Pr7

N1-N3

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K02 C1-C3 Lec1-Lec7,

Pr1-Pr7

N1-N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / DEPARTMENT………………

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish … Projektowanie serwonapędów obrabiarek i robotów

Name in English … Servodrives designing for machine tools and robots





Subject code … ARR023233….

Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 30 30


with grade crediting

with grade




classes 1






1. Has a basic knowledge on the robots construction, programming and applications.

2. Has a basic knowledge in the field of industrial process automation.

3. Has a basic on kinematics and dynamics of robots.

relating to skills:

1. Is able to use the obtained knowledge on construction and operation of electrical drives

of robots.

2. Is able to use the obtained knowledge on distributed control and industrial process

automation using PLC. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 – Familiarizing students with basic solutions of main and supporting drives in machine tools, with

the design of position control systems of machine tools and robots.

C2 – Familiarizing students with possibilities of dynamical performance shaping in servodrives of

machine tools and robots.

C3 – Gaining skills for design of basic solutions of servodrives in machine tools and robots.

C4 – Gaining practical skills for choosing servodrives and shaping their performance.


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – Has knowledge on basic design methods of servodrives of machine tools and robots

(choice of basic elements for position control systems).

PEK_W02 –Has matured knowledge on design rules and shaping of dynamical performance of

servodrives.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – Has basic skills connected with designing of servodrives.

PEK_U02 – Can choose the type and parameters of basic elements for position control systems and

calculate optimal parameters.

relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – Understands the needs for team work on finding and improving the methods of problem

solving.


PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Characteristic of electrical drives applied in machine tools and robots.

Basic requirements for servodrives. 2

Lec 2 Rules of realization of the position reference value in machine tools and

robots. 2

Lec 3 Technical solutions of supporting drives in machine tools. Rules of the

driving motor choice (static and dynamical calculations). 2

Lec 4 Design algorithm for servodrives with ball screw transmission. 2

Lec 5 Position control problems in the industrial robots. 2

Lec 6 Steady-state and dynamical performance of position control loops in

servodrives – adjustment and testing methods. 2

Lec 7 Design software for servodrives. 2

Lec 8 Testing of accuracy and positioning recurrence. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1 Introduction to the project topics. Familiarizing with the software for

testing servodrives (Mitsubishi and Lenze)

3

Proj 2-3 Development of the project of the supporting drive of the numerically

controlled machine tools.

4

Proj 4-5 Development of the project of the vehicle drive with induction motors. 4

Proj 6-7 Development of the project of the wheel drive for mobile robot with

PMSMs. Crediting with grade.

4

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2 – Own work – studying problems and preparation to the colloquium


N4 – Own work – preparation to the projects

N5 – Project classes – discussion of the results obtained under projects.






achievement

LECTURE

P1 PEK_W01 PEK_W02 Colloquium (written assessment)

P=P1

LABORATORY


PEK_U01 PEK_U02

Evaluation of student preparation to the

project classes

F2 PEK_U01 PEK_U02

PEK_K01 PEK_K02 Activity in the project classes

F3 PEK_U01 PEK_U02 Evaluation of the projects

P = 0,2*F1+0,3*F2+0,5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kosmol J., Serwonapędy obrabiarek sterowanych numerycznie, WNT Warszawa 1998

[2] Honczarenko J., Roboty przemysłowe. Budowa i zastosowanie,WNT Warszawa 2010

[3] Tomaszewski K., Roboty przemysłowe. Projektowanie układów mechanicznych, WNT

Warszawa 1993


[1] Pritschow G., Technika sterowania obrabiarkami i robotami przemysłowymi, Oficyna

wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław 1995


Czesław T. Kowalski, czesł[email protected]


SUBJECT

Servodrives designing for machine tools and robots




Subject

educational

effect




applicable)**

Subject objectives Programme

content*** Teaching

tool number

PEK_W01 S2_AMPU_B_W06 C1 ÷ C2 Lec1 ÷ Lec8 N1 ÷ N3

PEK_W02 S2_AMPU_B_W06 C1 ÷ C3 Lec1 ÷ Lec8 N1 ÷ N3

PEK_U01 S2_AMPU_B_U06 C3 ÷ C4 Proj1 ÷ Proj7 N4 ÷ N5

PEK_U02 S2_AMPU_B_U06 C3 ÷ C4 Proj1 ÷ Proj7 N4 ÷ N5

PEK_K01 K2AiR_K06, S2AMPU_K01,

S2AMPU_K02

C3 ÷ C4 Proj1 ÷ Proj7 N1 ÷ N5

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K06, S2AMPU_K01,

S2AMPU_K02

C3 ÷ C4 Proj1 ÷ Proj7 N1 ÷ N5

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Procesory sygnałowe w automatyce przemysłowej

Name in English: DSP in Industrial Automation






Group of courses NO



University (ZZU) 30

15


(CNPS) 30

60



grade



2


classes 2



1



Knowledge:

1. Has a basic knowledge of electronics relating to the operation of digital circuits.

2. Has a basic knowledge of the structure of microprocessors and microcontrollers.

3. Has a basic knowledge of programming techniques of the microprocessors and

microcontrollers.

Skills:

1. He can practically and effectively use the knowledge of digital circuits.

2. He can practical and effectively use the basic knowledge of the construction of

microprocessors and microcontrollers.

3. He can practically use a basic knowledge of programming techniques digital systems. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To provide students with a basic knowledge of the construction and programming of

digital signal processors used in industrial automation.

C2. Familiarize students with possibilities to use digital signal processors in industrial

automation systems.

C3. Familiarize students with a basic knowledge of the programming techniques of digital

signal processors used in industrial automation.

C4. Familiarize students with the methods of development and practical application of the

internal structures the selected digital signal processor.



PEK_W01 – He has knowledge in the construction of digital signal processors.

PEK_W02 – He has knowledge in the field of digital signal processors applications in

industrial automation.

PEK_W03 – He has knowledge in choosing digital signal processors for specific devices.

PEK_W04 - He has knowledge of the programming techniques of digital signal processors.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - Can recognize the type of digital signal processor and apply it in an electronic

system.

PEK_U02 - He can choose a digital signal processor for the task, can program the selected

processor type.

PEK_U3 - He can analyze and test written program.

PEK_U4 - Be able to work runtime using appropriate programming nad diagnostic tools.

Relating to social competences: The acquisition and consolidation of competence in the

following areas:

PEK_K01 - Search for information and its critical analysis.

PEK_K02 - Team cooperation on improving methods for the selection of a strategy to

optimally solve problems assigned to the group.

PEK_K03 - Understanding of the necessary self-study, including the ability to improve

attention and focus on what's important and to develop the ability to

independently apply their knowledge and skills.

PEK_K04 - Capacity development self-esteem and self-control and responsibility for the

results of actions taken.

PEK_K05 - Respect for manners and rules in the academic environment.

PEK_K06 - Independent and creative thinking.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Introductory lecture. General information about digital signal processors.

Basic concepts and definitions.

2

Lec 2 Fixed-and floating-point arithmetic. 2

Lec 3 Programming techniques of digital signal processors 2

Lec 4 C2000 family of processors. Construction and basic properties 2

Lec 5 The design and main features of the processor TMS320F2812 2

Lec 6 The use of IQ-math library for programming the processor

TMS320F2812.

2

Lec 7 Structure and programming GPIO ports of the processor TMS320F2812 2

Lec 8 Structure and programming of the Event Manager module of the

processor TMS320F2812.

2

Lec 9 Structure and programming time-counting module of the processor

TMS320F2812.

2

Lec 10 Structure and programming of the A/D converter of the processor

TMS320F2812.

2

Lec 11 Structure and programming of the communication module of the 2

processor TMS320F2812.

Lec 12 The use of Digital Motor Control Library in the programming

TMS320F2812 processor.

2

Lec 13 Floating point processor C31 family. Structure and basic properties 2

Lec 14 Digital filters as an example of applications of digital signal processors

and digital signal processing.

2

Lec 15 Emulators and J-TAG system in the programming of digital signal

processors. Final test.

2

Total hours 30


hours

Lab 1 Introductory classes. Getting acquainted with safety rules. Discussion of

laboratory stands. Familiaizer with the development environment, create a

sample project and its parameterization.

2

Lab 2 Programming TMS320F2812 processor using iq-math library. Arithmetic

and logical operations.

2

Lab 3 Programming GPIO ports TMS320F2812 processor 2

Lab 4 Programming Event Manager module and interrupt system the

TMS320F2812 processor

2

Lab 5,

Lab 6 Programming time-counting system the TMS320F2812 processor.

PWM generation using the TMS320F2812 processor

4

Lab 7,

Lab 8 Programming the A/D converter TMS320F2812 processor.

Final test.

3

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia presentations.

N2. Consultation.

N3. Traditionally carried out laboratory.

N4. Rating executed programs.

N5. Final test.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

Lecture

P1 PEK_W01-PEK_W04

PEK_K01

Written test

P=P1

Laboratory

F1 PEK_U01-PEK_U04

PEK_K01

Rate written programs after each course

F2 PEK_U01-PEK_U04

PEK_K02-

PEK_K06


P=0,7*F1+0,3*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kowalski H. A., Procesory DSP dla praktyków, Wyd. BTC, Legionowo 2011

[2] Kowalski H. A., Procesory DSP w przykładach, Wyd. BTC, Legionowo 2012

[3] Proakis J. G., Manolakis D. G., Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall Int., 1996

[4] Smith S., Cyfrowe przetwarzanie sygnałów. Praktyczny poradnik dla inżynierów

i naukowców, Wyd. BTC, 2003


[1] TMS320F2812 User Guide, Texas Instruments, 2010

[2] http://www.ti.com

[3] http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Main_Page




SUBJECT

DSP in Industrial Automation AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION






applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01-PEK_W04 S2AMPU_W04 C1-C2 Lec1-Lec15 N1,N2,N5

PEK_U01 – PEK_U04 S2AMPU_U03 C3-C4 Lab1-Lab8 N2,N3,N4

PEK_K01 - PEK_K06 K2AiR_K01 C1-C4 Lec1-Lec15

Lab1-Lab8

N1-N5



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Mikroprocesorowe przetworniki pomiarowe

Name in English: Microprocessor measuring transducers


Specialization (if applicable): AMPU


Rodzaj przedmiotu: obligatory

Kod przedmiotu ARR023307

Grupa kursów NO


Number of hours of

organized classes in

University (ZZU)

30 15

Number of hours of total

student workload (CNPS)

60 30


with grade

crediting with

grade

Number of ECTS points 2 1 including number of ECTS

points for practical (P) classes 1

including number of ECTS

points for direct teacher-student

contact (BK) classes

1,5 1


1. Has a basic knowledge of the industrial measurement.

Knows the principles of operation and the design of sensors, as well as methods and

measuring systems used in the measurement of non-electrical quantities.

2. Has organized knowledge in the scope of microprocessor system architectures, addressing

modes, numerical codes, memory types, typical internal circuits of microprocessors (AC

transducers, counters, interrupt systems).

3. Has the ability to perform measurements of static and dynamic characteristics of sensors

and transducers. Has the ability to present the obtained results in numerical and graphical

form, make a proper interpretation and draw conclusions.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To broaden and organize knowledge in the scope of microprocessor transducers and

devices for measuring the electrical and non-electrical quantities used in standard and special

measuring systems.

C2. To acquire the ability to formulate and solve problems related to modelling, designing

and studying real and virtual measuring systems.

C.3 To acquire the ability to integrate knowledge in the fields of metrology, control

engineering, electronics and data transmission.

2



PEK_W01 Has broadened and organized knowledge in the scope of structure and architecture

of smart transducers of electrical and non-electrical quantities.

PEK_W02 Has deepened knowledge in the scope of data transmission and acquisition in the

devices and systems for measuring the electrical and non-electrical quantities.

PEK _W03 Has organized knowledge in the scope of smart measuring transducer usage.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Has the ability to formulate and solve problems related to modelling, designing and

studying real measuring systems.

PEK_U02 Has the ability to formulate and solve problems related to modelling virtual

measuring systems.

PEK_U03 Has the ability to integrate knowledge in the fields of metrology, control

engineering, electronics and measurement data transmission.


PEK_K01 Has the ability to think and act in a creative and entrepreneurial manner. Has the

ability to adequately assign priorities related to implementation of a given task.

PEK_K02 Knows the rules of teamwork and of leading a small team, taking responsibility for

the effects of its work.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec

1,2

Smart Transducer – definitions, structure, standardization,

applications 4

Lec

3,4

Signal Conditioning, processing of A/D and D/A in microcontrollers 4

Lec 5 Transmission method of measuring data (examples of interfaces) 2

Lec 6 Data Acquisition 2

Lec

7,8

Environmental graphic design of instruments and measurement

systems 4

Lec 9 Microprocessors in industrial measuring systems

– standard CAN 2

Lec

10

Microprocessors in industrial measuring systems

– standard HART 2

Lec

11


– standard MODBUS 2

Lec

12


– standard PROFIBUS 2

Lec

13,14

Smart Transducer - examples of applications of systems for

measuring electrical quantities and non- electrical 4

Lec

15

Test 2

Total hours 30

3

Form of classes - Laboratory Number of

hours

Lab 1 Health and Safety Regulations, laboratory of assessment rules.

Introduction to Programming in LabVIEW 2

Lab 2 Get DAC 2

Lab 3 Virtual temperature part I - creating SubVI 2

Lab 4 Virtual temperature part II - graphics 2

Lab 5 Plotting waveform functions, modify charts 2

Lab 6 Properties measuring card and cooperation with LabVIEW 2

Lab 7 Acquisition and analysis of measurement data 2

Lab 8 Summary of activities 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Traditional lectures using audiovisual techniques

N2 - Laboratory test conducted exercises in student groups.

N3 - Consultation


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –


end)

Educational effect

number


achievement

P PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

Test

P PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

Rating tasks performed during laboratory

classes


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Lysik P.T., Inteligentna technika pomiarowa. Politechnika Radomska,Wydawnictwo

Radom 2001

[2] Nawrocki W., Rozproszone systemy pomiarowe. WKiŁ sp. z oo., Warszawa 2006

[3] Tłaczała W., Środowisko LabVIEW w eksperymencie wspomaganym komputerowo,

WN-T, Warszawa


[1] Nawrocki W., Komputerowe systemy pomiarowe. WKiŁ sp. z oo.,Warszawa 2002,

2006

[2] Świsulski D., Komputerowa technika pomiarowa. Oprogramowanie wirtualnych

przyrządów pomiarowych w LabVIEW. Agenda Wydawnicza PAK-u, Warszawa, 2005

[3] Chruściel M., LabVIEW w praktyce, Wydawnictwo BTC, Legionowo 2008

[4] http://www.LabVIEW.pl

http://www.labview.pl/

4

[5] http://www.modbus.pl

[6] http://www.ni.com

[7] http://www.profibus.org.pl


Krzysztof Podlejski, [email protected]

http://www.modbus.pl/

http://www.ni.com/


SUBJECT

MICROPROCESSOR MEASURING TRANSDUCER



AND SPECIALIZATION AMPU

Subject

educational

effect



effects defined for main field of study

and specialization (if applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_W03 C1 Lec1 – Lec 4 N1, N3 PEK_W02 S2AMPU_W03 C1 Lec 5– Lec 12 N1, N3 PEK_W03 S2AMPU_W03 C1 Lec 13, Lec14 N1, N3 PEK_U01 S2AMPU_B_U02 C2, C3 Lab 1, Lab 2,

Lab 5, La 6

N2, N3

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U02 C2 Lab 2 – Lab 7 N2, N3 PEK_U03 S2AMPU_B_U02 C2, C3 Lab 6, Lab 7 N2, N3 PEK_K01 K2AIR_K01 C1 – C3 Lab 1 – Lab 8 N1 – N3 PEK_K02 K2AIR_K02 C1 – C3 Lab 1 – Lab 8 N1 – N3



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Komputerowe systemy sterowania pomiarami

Name in English Computer Control of Measurement Systems.

Main field of study (if applicable): Automation and Robotics




Subject code ARR23308.

Group of courses NO








grade


course









1. He has a basic knowledge of metrology and measurement units, knows basic metrological

characteristics of measuring instruments, are knowledgeable about the design of measurement

known calculation methods used in developing the measurement results,

2. He has a basic knowledge of the measurement technique.

3 He knows the concepts of programming in C / C + +

Relating to skills:

1 He is Able to do basic measurements of electrical devices using analog and digital oscilloscope.

Can set on the basis of measurements of nonlinear characteristics of the elements. Able to present

the results in the form of numerical tables and graphics to make their interpretations and draw

conclusions

2. He can write C/C++ program

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1: Acquisition of knowledge in the field of architecture test and measurement systems, in particular

the underlying hardware and software systems in high-level languages.

C2: Understanding the methodology for designing a control and measurement systems.

C3: Learning how the practical implementation of measurement systems computer managed by an

integrated software environment and includes standard interfaces and measuring instruments

C4. Acquisition and consolidation of social skills including emotional intelligence skills involving the

cooperation of a group of students with a view to effective problem solving. Responsibility, honesty

and fairness in the procedure observance force in academia and society.



PEK_W01: He has knowledge of the architecture of test and measurement systems.

PEK_W02: He has extensive knowledge in the construction of hardware layer and system

programming in high level languages.

PEK_W03: Know and understand the design methodology of control and measurement

systems.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01: He has skills practical implementation of measurement systems computer managed

by an integrated development environment dedicated

PEK_U02: Can design position measurement testująco containing standard interfaces and

devices.

PEK_U03: Has skills practical implementation of virtual measurement systemsrelating to

social competences:

PEK_K01 - are aware of their own responsibility for their work and a willingness to comply

with the principles of teamwork

PEK_K02 - search information and its critical analysis,

PEK_K03-Properly identify and resolve the dilemmas of working in the profession,

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture N u m b e r o f

hours

Lec 1 Metrology and Measurement Systems Computer elementary functions. The structure

and organization of measurement systems

2

Lec 2 Structure and Operation of digital measuring instruments - multimeter, oscilloscope 2

Lec 3 Logic analizer 2

Lec 4 Direct Digital Synthesis Generator 2

Lec 5 Serial Interfaces in Measurement systems. 2

Lec 6 USB and FireWire ( IEEE 1394) 2

Lec 7 GPIB (IEEE-488) Interface 2

lec 8 Wireless network in measurement systems. 2

Lec 9 VME, VXI and PXI Standard 2

Lec10 Software of measurement systems - an integrated software environment, discussion

of the workings of graphical interfaces LabVIEV, BenchLink HP, Agilent Vee.

2

Lec11 Programming measurement systems using a dedicated library VISA and SCPI

commands.

2

Lec12 Distributed measurement and control systems 2

Lec13 Data acquisition board – block diagram and programming 2

Lec14 Sensors and signal transducers, Spectrum analyzer 2

Lec15 Test 2

Total hours 30

Form of classes - class Number of

hours

..

Total hours


hours

lab 1 Presentation of the safety rules and principles of assessment laboratory.

Presentation of laboratory

1

Lab 2 Introduction to the programming environment, VISA and window that

allows you to send and receive messages from the measuring devices.

Construction of the device ID. Grammar and statement SCPI commands

2

Lab 3 Introduction to the SCPI command tree of oscilloscope and generator.

Control the instruments using a Panel Driver, Component Driver and Direct

I / O Agilent Vee

2

Lab 4 The SCPI status reporting system of devices. Setting masks and registers -

handling of oscilloscope and generator errors

2

Lab 5 Implementation of the task - automatic determination of filter characteristics

in an Agilent Vee and LabView

2

Lab 6 Introduction to the SCPI command tree of power supply and multimetter.

Control the instruments using a Panel Driver, Component Driver and Direct

I / O Agilent Vee

2

Lab 7 The SCPI status reporting system of devices. Setting masks and registers -

handling of power supply and multimeter errors

2

Lab 8 Implementation of the task - automatic determination of v-i characteristics.

in an Agilent Vee and LabView

2

Total hours 15


hours

Total hours

Form of classes - seminar Number of

hours

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Traditional Lecture with audio-visual techniques

N2 - Laboratory run in the traditional manner of exercises + student groups, a report


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

P PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03, Test,

P PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03, Assessment of reports done laboratory

activities


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Winiecki W., Organizacja komputerowych systemów pomiarowych, Oficyna

wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 1997.

[2] Mielczarek W.- Urządzenia pomiarowe i systemy kompatybilne ze standardem SCPI –

Helion 1999

[3] Nawrocki W.- Rozproszone systemy pomiarowe- WKŁ 2006

[4] Świsulski D- Komputerowa technika pomiarowa. Oprogramowanie wirtualnych

przyrządów pomiarowych w LabVIEW – PAK 2005

[5] Świsulski D- Komputerowa technika pomiarowa w przykładach – PAK 2002

[6] Tłaczała W.: Środowisko LabVIEW w eksperymencie wspomaganym komputerowo.

WNT, Warszawa 2002


[1] Winiecki W., Nowak J., Stanik S.: Graficzne zintegrowane środowiska programowania

do projektowania komputerowych systemów pomiarowo-kontrolnych. Wyd. Mikom,

Warszawa 2001.

[2] Bogusz J..: Lokalne interfejsy szeregowe w systemach cyfrowych – Wydawnictwo BTC,

Warszawa 2004

[3] Mielczarek W. Szeregowe interfejsy cyfrowe, Helion, Gliwice 1993;

[4] Mielczarek W -USB : uniweralny interfejs szeregowy, Helion, Gliwice 2005.

[5] Mielczarek W - Szeregowy interfejs cyfrowy FireWire : standardy IEEE 1394,.

Wydawnictwo Politechnik Śląskiej, Gliwice 2010

[6] Daniluk A.- USB : praktyczne programowanie z Windows API w C++ Helion, Gliwice

2009


Grzegorz Kosobudzki, [email protected]


Computer Control of Measurement Systems


Automation and Robotics


Subject

educational

effect




applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) S2AMPU_W07 C1, C2, C4 Lec1 – Lec 14 N1

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_W07 C1, C2, C4 Lec1 – Lec 14 N1

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_W07 C1, C2, C4 Lec1 – Lec 14 N1

PEK_U01

(skills) S2AMPU_U06 C3, C4 La1-La8 N2

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_U06 C3, C4 La1-La8 N2

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_U06 C3,C4 La1-La8 N2

PEK_K01

(competences)

K2AIR_K01 C4 Lec1 – Lec 14

La2-La8

N1, N2

PEK_K02


La2-La8

N1, N2

PEK_K03


La2-La8

N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Badanie i poprawa jakości energii elektrycznej

Name in English Assessment and Improvement of Power Quality.






Group of courses NO






Form of crediting examination crediting with

grade


course





teacher-student contact (BK) classes 1 1




1. Have basic knowledge in the field of linear circuits with sinusoidal waveforms. He knows the

rules for creating circuit models and their mathematical description.

2. He has knowledge in the analysis of transients in linear electric circuits.

3. He has knowledge of the macroscopic electromagnetic field approach.

4. He has a basic knowledge of metrology and measurement units, knows basic metrological

characteristics of measuring instruments, are knowledgeable about the design of measurement

known calculation methods used in developing the measurement results, a knowledge of the

latest measurement technology

Relating to skills:

1. He is Able to do basic measurements of electrical devices using analog and digital oscilloscope.

Can set on the basis of measurements of nonlinear characteristics of the elements. Able to

present the results in the form of numerical tables and graphics to make their interpretations and

draw conclusions

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Understanding the concepts of electromagnetic compatibility C2 Understanding the principles of interaction between the elements of the power system

C3 Knowledge of voltage quality parameters, evaluation of the impact of power quality on loads and

the impact on the quality of the loads

C4: Knowing regulations and standardization of components which improve power quality

C5: Getting the practical skills in the assessment of power quality and surge protection.

C6. Acquisition and consolidation of social skills including emotional intelligence skills involving the

cooperation of a group of students with a view to effective problem solving. Responsibility, honesty

and fairness in the procedure observance force in academia and society.



PEK_W01: know the key concepts in the field of electromagnetic compatibility

PEK_W02: He has extensive knowledge in the field of power quality.

PEK_W03: know the power requirements of the law and regulations relating to

electromagnetic compatibility standards - in particular the power quality

PEK_W04:Has knowledge of the location and control the interference sources and their affect

on the device. Know the methods of overvoltage protection

PEK_W05: Knows methods to improve the power quality and ways to reduce disturbances

relating to skills:

PEK_U01: He can determine and evaluate the power quality parameters

PEK_U02: he know the procedure for carrying out the immunity tests of the loads (equipment)

on power system disturbances.

PEK_U03: Has the skills to assess the disturbances emissions from loads .

PEK_U04: It is able to interpret the results and draw appropriate conclusions. He can choose

the components of surge protection




PEK_K02 - search information and its critical analysis,


PROGRAMME CONTENT


h o u r s

Lec 1 Electromagnetic Compatibility. Power quality parameters 2

Lec 2 Definitions of parameters determining the power quality - the conditions of

measurement, presentation the impact of the distortion on electric loads

2

Lec 3 Power quality standards 2

Lec 4 Sources and external parameters of electromagnetic interference. Lightning as a

source of interference, Elements lightning protection, the basic parameters of the

varistor, varistor assembly rules

2

Lec 5 Sources and external parameters of electromagnetic interference. Lightning as a

source of interference, Elements lightning protection, the basic parameters of the

varistor, varistor assembly rules.

2

Lec 6 Voltage variation. Long and short term flicker. 2

Lec 7 Methods of reducing the voltage distortion - examples 2

Lec 8 Measurement methods of harmonics and interharmonics. 2

Lec 9 Shielding. The effectiveness of shielding against electromagnetic interference and

electrical. Shielding low-frequency magnetic fields, the materials for the construction

of the shield

2

Lec10 Harmonic filters. Examples of calculating analysis of the effectiveness of filters. 2

Lec11 Electric energy losses due to voltage distortion. 2

Lec12 EMC issues in control systems 2

Lec13 The scope of an accredited testing laboratory. Examples of power quality

measurement

2

Lec14 Electromagnetic Compatibility in radio frequency range. 2

Lec15 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) Fast transients (BURST) and high – energy surges

(SURGE)

2

Total hours 30


hours

..

Total hours


hours

Lab 1 Presentation of the safety rules and principles of assessment laboratory.


1

Lab 2 Voltage quality – measurement of voltage variation, frequency, unbalance,

dips, and short interruption, harmonics and interharmonics, mains signalling

voltage

2

Lab 3 Current and voltage waveforms analysis – determining of harmonics and

interharmonics contents

2

Lab 4 Testing of nonlinear loads influence on waveform distortion 2

Lab 5 Voltage variation, dips and short interruption immunity tests 2

Lab 6 Measurement of harmonics emission of electric equipments 2

Lab 7 Harmonic analysis of active, reactive and apparent power in circuits with

non-sinusoidal voltage and current waveforms

2

Lab 8 Spectrum Analyzer 2

Total hours 15


hours

Total hours


hours

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED




Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

P PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03,

PEK_W04, PEK_W05

examination

P PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03,

PEK_U04

Assessment of reports done

laboratory activities


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kowalski Z., Jakość energii elektrycznej, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Łódzkiej, Łódź

2007

[2] Baggini A., Handbook of Power Quality, John Wiley&Sons, Ltd, 2008

[3] PN-EN 50160:2010, Voltage Characteristics in Public Distribution Systems

[4] Rozporządzenie Ministra Gospodarki w sprawie szczegółowych warunków

funkcjonowania systemu elektroenergetycznego. Dz. U. Nr 93 z dn. 04.05.2007r

[5] Henry W. Ott, Electromagnetic Compatibility Engineering, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,

Hoboken, New Jersey 2009


[1] IEEE Std 1159-2009: IEEE Recommended Practice for Monitoring Electric Power

Quality

[2] Dugan R.C., Mc Gramaghan M.F., Beaty H. W., Santoso S: Electrical Power System

Quality, Wyd 2. MC Graw-Hill 2002

[3] www.miedz.org.pl

[4] www.lpqi.org


Grzegorz Kosobudzki, [email protected]

http://www.lpqi.org/


Assessment and Improvement of Power Quality


CONTROL ENGINEERING AND ROBOTICS AND SPECIALIZATION Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus

Subject

educational

effect




applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge)

S2AMPU_A_W02 C1, C3 Lec1, Lec 14,

Lec 15

N1

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_A_W02 C1, C2, C3 Lec 2, Lec 5-

Lec 13

N1

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_A_W02 C1, C2, C3,

C4

Lec 2, Lec 3,

Lec 12

N1

PEK_W04 S2AMPU_A_W02 C1, C2, C3 Lec 4- Lec 7 N1

PEK_W05 S2AMPU_A_W02 C1, C2, C3 Lec 9, Lec 10,

Lec 11

N1

PEK_U01

(skills) S2AMPU_A_U02 C4, C5, C6 La1,La2,La3 N2

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_A_U02 C2, C4, C5,

C6

La1, La5 N2

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_A_U02 C2, C5, C6 La4, La6, La8 N2

PEK_U04 S2AMPU_A_U02 C5, C6 La2, La7 N2

PEK_K01

(competences) K2AiR_K02 C6 La2-La8 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K04 C6 La2-La8 N1, N2

PEK_K03 K2AiR_K04 C6 La2-La8 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Przetworniki wielkości elektrycznych i magnetycznych

Name in English Electric and Magnetic Quantities Transducers



Level and form of studies: 2nd

level, full-time



Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 60 30


grade



classes 1


student contact (BK) classes 1,5 1



Knowledge:

1. Has a basic knowledge of the definite and indefinite integral, differential calculus of

multiple variable functions, double and triple integral, necessary for understanding the

mathematical aspects in engineering sciences.

2. Has a knowledge of the theoretical electrical engineering basis. Knows physical

quantities and basis laws which describes electrostatic fields, magnetostatic and DC

flow fields. Knows basis theory of electrical circuits.

Skills:

1. Is able to apply theoretical basis to analyze linear steady-state electrical circuits for

sinusoidal input signals. Knows the time and frequency methods to solve electrical

circuits.

2. Is able to do measurements of static and dynamic characteristics of sensors and

transducers. Can present results in graphical and tabular form, correctly interpret the

result and draw the right conclusions.

Competences:

1. Has a sense of responsibility for their own work and a willingness to comply with the

principles of teamwork and responsibility for collaborative action. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Introduction student with knowledge of methods and possibilities of electric and magnetic

quantities processing.

C2 Awareness student of theoretical conditions associated with measured signal collecting, in

particular magnetic quantities of measured object.

C3 Introduction student with electromagnetic field power theory and generalized reactive

power theory.

C4 Skills sophistication of measurement and processing instantaneous values of chose electric

and magnetic quantities.

C5 Skills sophistication of measurement results interpretation on base of obtained

characteristics of measured electromagnetic elements.



PEK_W01 – knows basic terms of electric and magnetic field.

PEK_W02 – has a knowledge of measurement signals processing methods of electric and

magnetic quantities and knows uncertainty theory.

PEK_W03 – has a knowledge of chosen energy processes occurring in the electromagnetic

objects.

PEK_W04 – has a knowledge of electromagnetic object modeling.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – has an abilities to measure quantities relative to magnetic flux and the

instantaneous values of current and magnetic flux.

PEK_U02 – can determine active and reactive power by non-conventional methods and can do

correct interpretation.

PEK_U03 – can determine parameters of electromagnetic object in its own work condition.

PEK_U04 – has ability to determine magnets characteristics.


PEK_K01 - understands the need to work in a team, is aware of the responsibility for the work.

PEK_K02 – searches information, and can do critical analysis.

PEK_K03 – properly identify and resolve the dilemmas associated with the profession.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1

Familiar with the subject, the range of the material, requirements and

method of assessment. Basic terms of charge, electric induction, field

intensity, electrical voltage, electric field potential, Gauss's law, scalar

and vector field, electric polarization.

2

Lec 2

The electric field, capacitors, electric current magnetic field

and its basic values, the magnetic field in the iron, a simple magnetic

circuit, electromagnetic induction, self-induction, mutual induction,

eddy currents.

2

Lec 3 Processing of electric voltage, voltage transformer, frequency

compensated resistance divider, capacitive divider. 2

Lec 4 Processing parameters of AC voltage to DC voltage, the average

absolute value of instantaneous sampling, integral sampling, analog-2

to-digital processing.

Lec 5

Continuity of the total current normal component on the border

environments, processing and measurement of the power current,

current transformer, resistive current processing, construction resistors

and residual parameters, residual parameters compensation of

resistors.

2

Lec 6

Inductive current processing and magnetic quantities, inductive

transducers with homogenous non-magnetic circuit, flexible inductive

transducers, inductive transducers with ferromagnetic cramps,

inductive transducers of magnetic field intensity tangential

component, the coil in the form of semi-ring and its realizations, the

plane coil, the quantities affecting the processing uncertainty.

2

Lec 7

Inductive transducers of magnetic quantities, inductive spherical

transducer and its properties, inductive transducers for measuring the

induction in ferromagnetic. 2

Lec 8

Signal processing from inductive transducers, integrator and signal

processing errors, determining the instantaneous values of flux

associated with an inductive transducer by method of integral

sampling.

2

Lec 9

Induction processing using ferromagnetic properties,

comparator with a comparison of magnetic field intensity, the

processing of the magnetic field and DC current,

2

Lec 10 The instantaneous power of the electromagnetic field in the defined

closed surface area, Poynting vector, the basic energy processes. 2

Lec 11

Electromagnetic quantities characterizing objects, active and apparent

power, the geometric interpretation of active power, reactive power of

electrical energy in the form of an electric, magnetic and

electromagnetic field, reactive power by Budeanu and Fryze,

generalized reactive power and its geometric interpretation.

2

Lec 12

Substitute parameters of electromagnetic object, reactive power

compensation by generalized electromagnetic reactive power

definition.

2

Lec 13

Determination of active and reactive power, conditions and methods

of acquisition measurement signals to determine the power of

electromagnetic object included to the energy system, methods of

measurement signal processing.

2

Lec 14

Active power of the electromagnetic field transmitted by an

electromagnetic field, the conditions of ferromagnetic magnetization

and acquisition the measurement signals from the surface possibility.

2

Lec 15 Substitute parameter characterizing the electromagnetic object, 2

modeling of electromagnetic objects properties using the simplified

circuits containing only resistance and capacitance, or just resistance

and inductance, the parameters of non-linear objects, the mapping of

the object.

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

..

Total hours


hours

Lab

1 Presentation the Procedure Health and Safety Rules and Laboratory Rules.

Establish rules for passing. Division into laboratory groups and introduction to

the key substantive issues because of the simultaneity of lectures and

laboratory classes.

2

Lab

2 Measurement of the magnetic flux increase, applicable to the DC flow

determination, increase of non-stray flux processing.

2

Lab

3 The processing of the current and magnetic flux instantaneous values, integral

sampling.

2

Lab

4 Determination of active power by plain geometry of loop in coordinates

current-magnetic flux, i, .

2

Lab

5 Geometrical interpretation of power 2

Lab

6 Determination of reactor inductance in its work conditions. 2

Lab

7

Determination of magnets sample characteristics on the base measurement of

induction and magnetic field normal component

2

Lab

8

Assessment and complement arrears. 1

Total hours 15


h

o

u

r

s

Proj 1

Proj 2

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Traditional lecture, multimedia presentations

N2. Laboratory – check knowledge in oral answer form, report preparation, consultations.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect number Way of evaluating educational

effect achievement

P PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03,

PEK_W04,

Examination

F1 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03,

PEK_U04

Check preparation to laboratory

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03,

PEK_U04

Activity

F3 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Assesment reports

P=0,3*F1+0,2*F2+0,5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Nowak J., Przetwarzanie wielkości charakteryzujących pole magnetyczne, Oficyna

Lecdawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2005

[2] Turowski J., Elektrodynamika techniczna, WNT, Warszawa, 1993


[1] Cholewicki T., Elektrotechnika teoretyczna. T. 2, WNT, Warszawa, 1972

[2] Nawrocki Z., Wzmacniacze operacyjne i przetworniki pomiarowe, Oficyna Lecdawnicza

Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2005


Daniel Dusza, [email protected]



SUBJECT

ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC QUANTITIES TRANSDUCERS


Control Engineering and Robotics AND SPECIALIZATION AUTOMATION OF MACHINES, VEHICLES

AND APPARATUS

Subject educational

effect Correlation between

subject educational

effect and educational

effects defined for main

field of study and

specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject

objectives*** Programme content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge) S2AMPU_A_W03 C1 Lec1, Lec2 N1

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_A_W03

C1, C2 Lec3, Lec4, W5, Lec6, Lec7,

Lec8, Lec9. N1


C1, C2 Lec10, Lec11 N1


C2, C3 Lec12, Lec13, Lec14, Lec15. N1

PEK_U01 (skils) S2AMPU_A_U03

C4, C5 Lab2, Lab3 N2

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_A_U03

C4, C5 Lab4, Lab5 N2

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_A_U03

C4, C5 Lab6 N2

PEK_U04 S2AMPU_A_U03 C4, C5 Lab7 N2

PEK_K01

(kompetencje) K2AiR_K02

C1, C2, C3, C4,

C5 Lab2-Lab7 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K02 C1, C2, C3, C4,

C5 Lab2-Lab7 N1, N2

PEK_K03 K2AiR_K04 C1, C2, C3, C4,

C5 Lab2-Lab7 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Przetworniki A/C i C/A Name in English A/D and D/A Converters




level, full-time



Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 30 30



grade



classes 1





Knowledge:

1. Has a knowledge of electrical circuits basic theory. Has ordered knowledge of electric

circuits components and issues related to the topology of electrical circuits.

2. Has a knowledge in measuring technique field. Knows the measuring systems for high

voltage and current, transducers, RMS converters, digital voltmeters measurement

properties.

3. Has a basic knowledge in the field of electronic components, describes their function

peripheral model, distinguishes and characterizes simple analog and digital circuits,

knows the rules of cooperation and the method of properties analysis.

Skills:


sinusoidal input signals. Can correctly use the time and frequency methods to solve

linear electrical circuits.

2. Is able to do measurements of electrical quantities with using analogue, digital

equipment and oscilloscope. Can determine, on the basis of done measurements,

nonlinear elements characteristics, can present results in graphical and tabular form,

with uncertainties, correctly interpret the result and draw the right conclusions.

Competences:


principles of teamwork and responsibility for collaborative action.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Introduction student with knowledge of an architecture of A/D and D/A converters.

C2 Awareness a student having to know the A/D and D/A converters parameters to their proper

choice in engineering applications..

C3 Practical skills sophistication of A/D and D/A properties tests.



PEK_W01 – knows functions of A/D and D/A converters and understand the principle of

operation of their construction parts.

PEK_W02 – has a knowledge of types, construction and parameters of sample-hold circuits.

PEK_W03 – know the principles of design and construction of A/D and D/A converters, and

know their basic parameters.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – can do test A/D converters.

PEK_U02 – has an abilities to run and determinate of D/A converters properties.

PEK_U03 – can do test of sample-hold circuit.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1

A/D and D/A converters - meaning and functions of converters.

Sampling, quantization and coding of measurement signals. The basic

components of the converters.

2

Lec 2 Sample-Hold circuits, properties of Sample-Hold circuits, analogue

and digital Sample-Hold circuits. 2

Lec 3 D/A converters, types of D/A converters, basic parameters of D/A

converters. 2

Lec 4 A/D converters, processing methods – method classification,

construction solution examples. 2

Lec 5 Parameters of A/D converters, converters utility parameters. 2

Lec 6 Measurements of A/D and D/A converters, measurements of static

and dynamic parameters, automatic testing of converters. 2

Lec 7 Selected application of A/D and D/A converters.

2

Lec 8 Summary and completion of the course 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

..

Total hours


hours

Lab

1 Presentation the Procedure Health and Safety Rules and Laboratory Rules.

Establish rules for passing. Laboratory stands presentation.

2

Lab

2 Determination of A/D integrating converter metrological characteristics. 2

Lab

3 Testing the A/D compensation converter with uniform rate compensation. 2

Lab

4 Determination of Sample-Hold circuit parameters. 2

Lab

5 Testing a digital voltmeter made on the integration A/D converter basis. 2

Lab

6 Testing the D/A converter. Determination of metrological properties. 2

Lab

7 Application of D/A converter to synthesize the electric signals. Determination

of the converter dynamic parameters.

2

Lab

8

Assessment and complement arrears. 1

Total hours 15


h

o

u

r

s

Proj 1

Proj 2

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Laboratory –report preparation, consultations.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


effect achievement

P PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03, Test

F1 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03 Activity

F3 PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03 Assesment reports

P=0,3*F1+0,7*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kulka Z., Nadachowski M., Przetworniki analogowo-cyfrowe i cyfrowo analogowe,

WKiŁ, Warszawa 1987

[2] Tumański S., Technika pomiarowa, WNT, Warszawa, 2007

[3] Lyons R.G., Wprowadzenie do cyfrowego przetwarzania sygnałów, WKŁ, Warszawa,

2006

[4] Rudy van de Plassche, Scalone przetworniki analogowo-cyfrowe i cyfrowo-analogowe,

WKŁ Warszawa, 1997


[1] Soclof S.: Zastosowania analogowych układów scalonych, WKiŁ, Warszwa, 1991.

[2] Łakomy M., Zabrodzki J., Scalone przetworniki analogowo-cyfrowe i cyfrowo-

analogowe; PWN, Warszawa 1992.





SUBJECT

A/D AND D/A CONVERTERS



AND APPARATUS


subject educational


effects defined for


specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject


tool

number***

PEK_W01

(knowledge)

S2AMPU_B_W02 C1 Lec1 N1

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_B_W02 C1, C2 Lec2 N1

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_B_W02

C1, C2 Lec 3, Lec 4, Lec 5, Lec 6,

Lec 7 N1

PEK_U01 (skils) S2AMPU_B_U02 C3 Lab2, Lab3, Lab5 N2

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U02 C3 Lab6, Lab7 N2

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_B_U02 C3 Lab4 N2

PEK_K01

(competences) K2AiR_K02 C1, C2, C3 Lab1 – Lab8 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K01 C1, C2, C3 Lab1 – Lab8 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Komputerowe wspomaganie statystycznej analizy wyników pomiarów

Name in English Computer Aided Statistical Analysis Of Measurement Results




level, full-time



Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 30 30



grade



classes 1





Knowledge:

1. Has a knowledge of basic electrical circuits theory. Has ordered knowledge of electric

circuits components and issues related to the topology of electrical circuits.

2. Has a knowledge in measuring technique field. Knows the measuring systems for high

voltage and current, transducers, RMS converters, digital voltmeters measurement

properties.

3. Has a basic knowledge in the field of electronic components, describes their function

peripheral model, distinguishes and characterizes simple analog and digital circuits,

knows the rules of cooperation and the method of properties analysis.

Skills:


sinusoidal input signals. Can correctly use the time and frequency methods to solve

linear electrical circuits.

2. Is able to do measurements of electrical quantities with using analogue, digital

equipment and oscilloscope. Can determine, on the basis of done measurements,

nonlinear elements characteristics, can present results in graphical and tabular form,

with uncertainties, correctly interpret the result and draw the right conclusions.

Competences:


principles of teamwork and responsibility for collaborative action. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Introduction student with knowledge of measure results uncertainty calculations.

C2 Awareness a student rules applying analytical and numerical methods in the statistical

analysis of the measurement result

C3 Practical skills sophistication of automatic uncertainty calculation with uses vilrtual

instruments.



PEK_W01 – knows functional blocks of measurement line.

PEK_W02 – has a knowledge of uncertainty calculations done by different methods

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – can use digital filtration on measure signals.

PEK_U02 – has an abilities to calculate uncertainty type A, B, total and extended for virtual

instruments.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Measurement process and its result. Measurement errors and

uncertainty. 2

Lec 2 Measurement uncertainty. Uncertainty type A and B. Total

uncertainty. Statistical distibution: Gauss and t- student. 2

Lec 3 Direct measurements uncertainties. Application uncertainty theory in

the measures using autonomic instruments and virtual instruments. 2

Lec 4 Indirect measurements uncertainties. 2

Lec 5 Calculation examples – determination of measurement uncertainties. 2

Lec 6 Using Monte-Carlo method to measurement results statistical

analysis. 2

Lec 7 Statistical analysis of measurement results in LabView environment.

2

Lec 8 Summary and completion of the course 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

..

Total hours


hours

Lab 1 Presentation the Procedure Health and Safety Rules and Laboratory Rules.

Establish rules for passing. Laboratory stands presentation.

2

Lab 2 Random numbers generator. Histogram. Using statistical functions from

LabView to obtained measurement results.

2

Lab 3 Digital filtering application to signal quality improving. 2

Lab 4 Automatic calculation of type B uncertainty for autonomic instruments.

Measurement result visualization.

2

Lab 5 Automatic calculation of type A uncertainty for autonomic instruments.

Graphical representation of uncertainty. Total uncertainty calculation.

2

Lab 6 –

Lab7 Automatic calculation of type A and B uncertainty for virtual instruments

using DAQ boards. Measurement result visualization. Graphical

representation of uncertainty. Total and extended uncertainty calculations.

2

Lab 8 Assessment and complement arrears. 1

Total hours 15


h

o

u

r

s

Proj 1

Proj 2

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Laboratory –report preparation, consultations.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


effect achievement

P PEK_W01, PEK_W02 Test

F1 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Activity

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Assesment reports

P=0,3*F1+0,7*F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kalus-Jęcek B., Wzorce wielkości elektrycznych i ocena niepewności pomiarów, Wyd.

Pol. Łódzkiej, Łódź, 2000

[2] Tumański S., Technika pomiarowa, WNT, Warszawa, 2007

[3] Starzyńska W., Statystyka praktyczna, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, Warszawa, 2006r

[4] Lisowski M., Podstawy metrologii, Of. Wyd. Pol. Wrocławskiej, Wrocław, 2011


[1] LabView Measurement Manual – National Instruments, www.ni.com





SUBJECT

COMPUTER AIDED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF MEASUREMENT

RESULTS



AND APPARATUS


subject educational


effects defined for


specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject


tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) S2AMPU_B_W07 C1 Lec1 N1

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_B_W07 C1, C2 Lec2 –Lec7 N1

PEK_U01 (skils) S2AMPU_B_U07 C3 Lab3 N2

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U07 C3 Lab2, Lab4-Lab8 N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K2AiR_K02 C1, C2, C3 Lab1 – Lab8 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K01 C1, C2, C3 Lab1 – Lab8 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Komputerowe Interfejsy Przemysłowych Systemów Kontrolno-Pomiarowych

Name in English Interface of industrial process measurement systems.






Group of courses NO








grade


course








Relating to knowledge: 1. Has ordered knowledge of microprocessor system architecture, addressing modes, numerical codes,

types of memory, microprocessors typical internal components (AC converters, counters, interrupt

systems). Has a knowledge of the independent formulation of algorithms and their software

implementation. 2 He knows the rules of designing algorithms to solve engineering tasks, knows the principles of

programming in C language and the basic concepts of object oriented programming using C + +. Relating to skills: 1. He can write programs in C language and the basic object-oriented language C + +.

2. Know how to use software program for programming microprocessors. Can formulate an

algorithm and write a program implementing the selected control tasks systems internal and

external microprocessor

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Expansion and arranging knowledge in measuring industrial interface used for the transmission and

data acquisition devices and measuring systems of electric and non-electric. C2. Acquiring the ability to formulate and solve problems related to modeling, design and study of real

and virtual measurement systems with serial buses

C3. Strengthening the skills to integrate knowledge from the field of metrology, automation, electronics

and data. transmition



PEK_W01 Has a expanded, knowledge of measuring industrial interfaces.

PEK_W02 Has a knowledge of the transmission and data acquisition systems, measuring

instruments and electrical and non-electrical.

PEK _W03 Has a ordered knowledge of the application interfaces

relating to skills:

PEK _U01 Can formulate and solve problems related to the modeling, design and testing of

real measurement systems with serial interfaces

PEK _U02 Can formulate and solve problems associated with modeling the measurement bus

PEK _U03 Can integrate knowledge in the field of metrology, automation, electronics,

and data transmission

relating to social competences.




PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes - lecture N u m b e r o f

h o u r s

Lec 1 Features and applications RS232, RS422, RS485 2

Lec 2 One-wire data bus 2

Lec 3 SPI bus 2

Lec

4,5

Wireless measurement data transmition 4

Lec6 Different type of interface in control, testing and diagnostic system. 2

Lec 7 IIC data bus 2

Lec 8 test 1

Total hours 15


hours

..

Total hours


hours

lab 1 Presentation of the safety rules and principles of assessment laboratory.


1

Lab 2 I / O operations. Read and write the line port. Implementation of the

program in C. Code optimization. Time delays. The microprocessor system

interrupts.

2

Lab 3 The data transmission. Serial Port - Part 1. 2

Lab 4 Serial Port- Part 2 - Programming using interrupts. Cyclical buffer of data

sent and received.

2

Lab 5 Bus 1wire Part 1. - Basic operations. 2

Lab 6 Bus 1wire – Part 2. DS18C20 thermometer. Programming the LCD. Convert

hexadecimal data to ASCII code.

2

Lab 7 The SPI bus part 1 - basic operation. 2

Lab 8 The SPI bus part 2 - Support converters AC and CA. 2

Total hours 15


hours

Total hours


hours

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED



N3 - Consultations


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

P PEK_W01, PEK_W02, PEK_W03 Test

P PEK_U01, PEK_U02, PEK_U03, Assessment of reports done laboratory

activities


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Baranowski R. Mikrokontrolery AVR ATtiny w praktyce. Wyd. BTC 2005

[2] Baranowski R. Mikrokontrolery AVR ATMega w praktyce. Wyd. BTC 2005

[3] Francuz T. Język C dla mikrokontrolerów AVR : od podstaw do zaawansowanych

aplikacji .Wydawnictwo Helion, Gliwice 2011

[4] Kardaś M- Mikrokontrolery AVR : język C : podstawy programowania, Wydawnictwo

Atnel, Szczecin 2011


[1] Borkowski P.- AVR & ARM7 : programowanie mikrokontrolerów : dla każdego .

Wydawnictwo Helion, Gliwice 2010

[2] www.atmel.com

[3] www.avrfreaks.net


Krzysztof Podlejski, [email protected]


Interface of industrial process measurement systems.




Subject

educational

effect




applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_B_W08 C1 Wy1, Wy7 N1, N3

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_B_W08 C1 Wy2, Wy3,

Wy4, Wy5

N1, N3

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_B_W08 C1 Wy6, Wy7 N1, N3

PEK_U01) S2AMPU_B_U08 C2, C3 La2 – La6 N2, N3

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U08 C2, C3 La5 – La8 N2, N3

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_B_U08 C2, C3 La1 – La8 N2, N3

PEK_K01 K2AiR_K01 C1 – C3 La1 – La8 N1 – N3

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K02 C1 – C3 La1 – La8 N1 – N3



1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Automatyzacja Pomiarów Elektrometrycznych

Name in English Automation of Electrometric Measurements






Lecture Classes Laboratory Project Seminar Number of hours of




student workload (CNPS) 30 30


with grade

crediting with

grade

Number of ECTS points 1 1 including number of ECTS

points for practical (P) classes 1



contact (BK) classes 0,80 1



1. Has a basic knowledge of complex numbers, properties of the basic mathematical

functions, differential and integral calculus of functions of one variable.

2. Has a basic knowledge of classical electrodynamics and solid state physics.

3. Has knowledge of the theory of electrical circuits and components.

4. Has a basic knowledge of automation.

5. Has a basic knowledge of electrical measurements and units of quantities.

Relating to skills:

1. Can correctly and effectively apply the knowledge from the analysis of differential

calculus, integral calculus of functions of one variable to the qualitative and quantitative

analysis of mathematical problems related technical discipline of study.

2. Able to plan and safely perform electrical measurements, develop performance

measurements, to estimate the uncertainty of the measured values.

3. Can apply the theoretical basis for the analysis of linear circuits with direct current, in

steady state with sinusoidal current and in the transient state.

4. Can analytically predict the effect of simple electronic analog and digital circuits on the

basis of their structure and properties of the elements.


1. Has a sense of responsibility for their own work and the willingness to comply with the

rules work in a team and to take responsibility for collaborative tasks.

2

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Acquiring knowledge of the specific electrometry and used the specialized electronic measuring

equipment, particularly automated.

C2. Rational use of knowledge to use electronic equipment for automated electrometric testing.

C3. Deepening the ability to work as a team towards a common goal.



PEK_W01 Has a basic knowledge of the specific electrometry.

PEK_W02 Knows the basic methods used for signal processing in electrometry.

PEK_W03 Knows the basic electronic components and measuring systems used in

electrometry, with special reference to automation.

PEK_W04 Know the structure, properties, principles and scope of basic and automated

electronic measuring equipment in electrometry.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 Can theoretically and experimentally determine the basic properties

electrometric converters.

PEK_U02 Can predict the effects use electrometric converters with the selected

electrometric circuit.

PEK_U03 Can choose the type and range of the basic electronic equipment for

conventional and automated electrometric testing, develop and interpret the results.


PEK_K01 Can work with a team in the implementation of complex engineering tasks.

PEK_K02 Can perform their allocated tasks on schedule.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1

Form of the course, the principles of assessment, organizational information.

The nature and scope of the course. Signals, noises and distortions in the

electrometry. The overall structure of the electrometric instruments.

2

Lec 2

Basic converters: voltage, current and charge in electrometric apparatus.

Structures and rated properties. The use of the active shield. Automation

apparatus basic principles.

2

Lec 3

Electrometric instruments single- and multifunction, characteristics and

application. Examples of complex tests and equipment used in them. Research

potential return, insulator leakage, resistivity materials, electrification of

technical objects.

2

Lec 4 Properties of components used in electrometric apparatus, sub-assemblies,

highlighting the specificity of automation. 2

Lec 5

Example electrometric apparatus with a low degree of automation: analogue

laboratory gigaohmmeter. The procedures used at a higher level of

automation; picoammeter with microprocessor, integration gigaohmmeter.

2

Lec 6 Logarithmic converters. The instrument measures the ratio of small currents

or very high resistances. 2

Lec 7 Measurement systems used in electrometry: structures, algorithms work, areas 2

3

of application.

Lec 8 Check assimilate knowledge - the final test. 1

Total hours 15

Form of classes - laboratory Number

of hours Lab 1 Introduction. Rules of the user safety and work. Rules of pass the laboratory. 1

Lab 2 Differential voltage converter u/u Structure, optimization and automation, tests of

properties. 2

Lab 3 Current converters i/u, biomedical converter. Structure, optimization and

automation, tests of properties. 2

Lab 4 Charge converter; processing functions q/u and i/u Structure, optimization and

automation, tests of properties. 2

Lab 5 Analog laboratory gigaohmmeter and automatic gigaohmmeter. Comparison of the

tests objects and insulating materials. 2

Lab 6 Instrumental voltage amplifier. Testing the properties and limitations of the

application. 2

Lab 7 A logarithmic converter. Testing properties of the converter and the objects of a

very large range of variation of current or resistance. 2

Lab 8 Summary of the laboratory. 2

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Traditional informative lecture, using slides and/or transparencies.

N2. Own work - to prepare for the laboratory exercises.

N3. Laboratory conducted in the traditional manner, in student exercises groups, including the

specialized laboratory containers.

N4. Consultation.

N5. Own work - self-study and preparation for the test.

4


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –


end)

Educational

effect number Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

Lecture

P

PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

PEK_W04

Final test

Laboratory

F1 PEK_U01

PEK_U02

Review and evaluation of preparation to

laboratory exercises

F2

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

Activity in the laboratory

F3

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K02

Review and evaluation of reports from research

P = 0,3*F1 + 0,2*F2 +0,5*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Nawrocki Z., Wzmacniacze operacyjne i przetworniki pomiarowe, Oficyna Wydawnicza

Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2008

[2] Kłos Z., Pomiary elektrometryczne, WKŁ, Warszawa 2008

[3] Madej P., Instrukcje Laboratoryjne, strona internetowa I-29 PWr


[1] Keithley Instruments, Inc., Low Level Measurements: Precision DC Current, Voltage and

Resistance Measurements, Keithley Instruments, 5th Edition, Ohio, USA 1998

[2] Keithley Instruments, Inc., Switching Handbook; A Guide to Signal Switching in Automated

Test Systems, Keithley Instruments, 4th Edition, Ohio, USA 2001

[3] Madej P., Artykuły z zakresu elektrometrii w Zeszytach Naukowych Instytutu Maszyn,

Napędów i Pomiarów Elektrycznych, Wrocław 2000-2011

[4] Kulka Z., Libura A., Nadachowski M., Przetworniki analogowo-cyfrowe i cyfrowo-analogowe,

WKŁ, Warszawa 1987

[5] Gajewski A.S., Elektryczność statyczna: poznanie, pomiar, zapobieganie, eliminowanie, Instytut

Wydawniczy Związków Zawodowych, Warszawa 1987

[6] Greblicki W., Podstawy automatyki, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław

2006


Piotr Madej, [email protected]


SUBJECT

AUTOMATION OF ELECTROMETRIC MEASUREMENTS



AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge)

S2AMPU_B_W09 C1 Lec 1 – Lec 7 N1, N4, N5

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_B_W09 C1 Lec 1 – Lec 7 N1, N4, N5

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_B_W09 C1 Lec 2 – Lec 6 N1, N4, N5

PEK_W04 S2AMPU_B_W09 C1 Lec 1 – Lec 3,

Lec 5 – Lec 7 N1, N4, N5

PEK_U01 (skills)

S2AMPU_B_U09 C2 Lab 2 – Lab 7 N2 – N4

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U09 C2 Lab 2 – Lab 7 N2 – N4

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_B_U09 C2 Lab 2 – Lab 8 N2 – N4

PEK_K01 (competences)

K2AiR_K02 C3 Lab 1 – Lab 8 N2 – N4

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K02 C3 Lab 1 – Lab 8 N2 – N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Normalizacja i prawo inżynierskie

Name in English Standardization and engineering law





Subject code PRR021216

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15


student workload

(CNPS)

30


with grade* Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

For group of courses

mark (X) final course



points for practical (P)

classes


points for direct teacher-

student contact (BK)

classes

0.5


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCES relating to knowledge:

1. It has a basic knowledge of the application of the law in social relations, legal entities and

individuals, obtained at the level of secondary education programs specified in civics and

citizenship education


1 Awareness of continuous training and professional development.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Understanding the basic elements of law necessary to engineering work in the field of:

- technical standardization;

- responsibility of the producer and seller for the product and its safety;

- essential requirements of EU directives relating to the products.

C2 Understanding the principles of standardization and the use of standards.

C3 Acquisition of general knowledge of product standards, quality and safety management systems.

C4 Awareness of the role of standardization and law in engineering activity.



PEK_W01 - He knows the basics of engineering law.

PEK_W02 – He understands the concepts of standardization and its importance in engineering practice.

PEK_W03 – He is able to explain the procedures for standards development.

PEK_W04 – He understands what is the legal responsibility for the safety and quality of products.

PEK_W05 – He is able to describe how to carry out assessment of products conformity with the

requirements of EU directives.


PEK_K01 - He is able to think creatively.

PEK_K02 – He is aware of the importance of non-technical aspects of engineering activity.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Legal considerations of engineering and legal basis for standardization. 2

Lec 2 The role of standarization in engineering activity. Procedures for the development of

standards.

2

Lec 3 Product standarization. 2

Lec 4 Normalization in quality management and conformity assessment of products with EU

directives

2

Lec 5 Legal responsibility for the products and their safety. 2

Lec 6 The Directive on general product safety.

Lec 7 Low Voltage Directive. Assessment of product comformity with the requirements of

EU directives, regulations and standards.

2

Lec 8 Written test. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with multimedia presentation.

N2. Consultations.





end)

Educational effect


P PEK_W01 -PEK_W05

PEK_K01 - PEK_K02 Written test.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Siuda W.: Elementy prawa dla ekonomistów. Wyd. SCRIPTUM, Poznań 2009.

[2] Schweitz T. (red.) i inni: Normalizacja. Wyd. PKN, Warszawa 2012.

[3] Ustawa z dn. 12.09.2002 r. o normalizacji. Dz.U. z 2002 r. nr. 169, poz. 1386 z późniejszymi zmianami.

[4] Ustawa z dn. 23.04.1964 r. Kodeks Cywilny. Dz. U. Z 1964 r. nr 16, poz. 93 z późniejszymi zmianami.

[5] Dyrektywy nowego podejścia. Strona Ministerstwa Gospodarki www.gov.pl.

[6] Ustawa z dn. 12.12.2003 r. o ogólnym bezpieczeństwie produktów. Dz. U. z 2003 r. nr 229, poz. 2275.

[7] Rozporządzenie ministra gospodarki z dn. 21.08 2007 w sprawie zasadniczych wymagań dla sprzętu elektrycznego. Dz. U.

z 2007 r. nr 155, poz. 1089.

[8] Ustawa z dn. 30.08.2002 r. o systemie oceny zgodności. Dz. U. z 2002 r. nr 166, poz. 1360.

[9] Ustawa z dn.11.05.2001 r. Prawo o miarach. Dz. U. z 2001 r. nr 63,poz.636.


[1] Norma PN-EN 45020:2009 Normalizacja i dziedziny związane. Terminologia ogólna. [2] Norma PN-EN ISO 9000:2006 Systemy zarządzania jakością. Podstawy i terminologia. [3] Norma PN-EN ISO 9000:2009 Systemy zarządzania jakością. Wymagania

[4] Norma PN-EN ISO 9000:2010 Zarządzanie ukierunkowane na trwały sukces organizacji. Podejście wykorzystujące

zarządzanie jakością.

[5] Norma PN-EN ISO 9000:2005 Systemy zarządzania środowiskowego. Wymania i wytyczne stosowania.

[6] Komisja Europejska: Wdrażanie dyrektyw opartych na koncepcji nowego globalnego podejścia - Przewodnik.

www.mgip.gov.pl

[7] Gnela B. (red.) i inni: Podstawy prawa dla ekonomistów. Wyd. Oficyna Wolter Kluwer Busines, Warszawa 2011


Michał Lisowski, [email protected]

http://www.gov.pl/

http://www.mgip.gov.pl/



SUBJECT

Standardization and engineering law



AND SPECIALIZATION Automation of Machines, Vehicles and

Apparatus





Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K2AiR_W06 C1 Lec 1 N1 – N2

PEK_W02 K2AiR_W06 C1, C2 Lec 2 N1 –N2

PEK_W03 K2AiR_W06 C1, C2 Lec 2–Lec 4 N1 –N2

PEK_W04 K2AiR_W06 C1, C2, C3 Lec 5 N1 –N2

PEK_W05 K2AiR_W06 C1, C2, C4 Lec 4-Lec 7 N1 –N2

PEK_K01 (competences) K2AiR_K05 C4 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1 –N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K03 C4 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1 –N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Prawo inżynierskie

Name in English Engineering law






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15


student workload

(CNPS)

30



crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*






classes




classes

0.5







2. Awareness of continuous training and professional development \





- right on Measures.

C2 Realising the importance of knowledge of the law in the engineering activity.






PEK_W04 – It is able to explain the concept of the EU new approach directives and their

implementation into Polish law.



PEK_W06 – He knows the right on Measures and EU rules on measuring instruments.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Legal considerations of engineering activity. 2

Lec 2 Standarization and its legal basis. 2

Lec 3 Legal responsibility of the manufacturer, importer and seller for the products and

their safety.

2

Lec 4 The Directive on general product safety. 2

Lec 5 Directive of the European Union's new approach and its implementation into the

Polish legislation. Low Voltage Directive.

2

Lec 6 Assessment of product comformity with the requirements of EU directives,

regulations and standards.

2

Lec 7 Legal metrology and Law on Measures. EU Directive on measuring instruments. 2


Total hours 11

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

P PEK_W01-PEK_W06, PEK_K01-

PEK_K02 Written test.


PRIMARY LITERATURE:








z 2007 r. nr 155, poz. 1089.




[1] Zdziennicka-Koczacha G.: Kodeks cywilny z komentarzem 2012. Wyd. SIGMA, Skierniewice 2012. [2] Komisja Europejska: Wdrażanie dyrektyw opartych na koncepcji nowego globalnego podejścia - Przewodnik.

www.mgip.gov.pl




http://www.gov.pl/




SUBJECT

Engineering law




Apparatus





Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K2AiR_W06 C1 Lec 1 N1, N2

PEK_W02 K2AiR_W06 C1, C2 Lec 2 N1, N2

PEK_W03 K2AiR_W06 C1, C2 Lec 3 - Lec 4 N1, N2




PEK_K01 (competences) K2AiR_K05 C1, C2 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K03 C1, C2 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Normalizacja techniczna

Name in English Technical Standardization






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15


student workload

(CNPS)

30



crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*






classes




classes

0.5







1. Awareness of continuous training and professional development \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Understanding the basic elements technical standardization;



C4 Awareness of the role of standardization in engineering activity.



PEK_W01 - He knows the legal basis for standardization and its importance in engineering activity.

PEK_W02 – It is able to describe the standardization activities at international and national levels.

PEK_W03 – He knows the standards development process.

PEK_W04 – Understands the importance of standardization of products. PEK_W05 – He is able to describe how to carry out assessment of products conformity with the


PEK_W06 – Understands the importance of standardization processes in the management of quality and

safety.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Legal basis for standardization. 2

Lec 2 Standardization activity at international and national levels. 2

Lec 3 Procedures for the development of standards. 2

Lec 4 Products standardization. 2

Lec 5 Standarization in quality management. 2

Lec 6 The standardization in the evaluation of product comformity with the requirements

of EU directives .

2

Lec 7 Standardization in safety and environmental management. 2


Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations.





end)

Educational effect


P PEK_W01 -PEK_W06


C


PRIMARY LITERATURE:







[6] Norma PN-N- 18001:2004 Systemy zarządzania bezpieczeństwem i higieną pracy. Wymagania.





SUBJECT

Technical Standarization




Apparatus





Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K2AiR_W06 C1-C2 Lec 1 N1 – N2





PEK_W06 K2AiR_W06 C3, C4 Lec 5, Lec 7 N1 –N2





1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Zarządzanie przedsiębiorstwem

Name in English: Management of a Company





Subject code ZMR022513W

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15


student workload (CNPS) 30

Form of crediting Crediting

with grade

For group of courses mark

(X) final course




classes



student contact (BK) classes

0.5




1. The student has the basic knowledge necessary to understand the social, economic, legal and other

non-technical considerations engineering activities.


1. The student understands the need and knows possibility of permanent one’s education,

professional, personal and social competence raising,

2. He has an awareness of responsibility for his work.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Introduce with organizing and management. C2. Get to know ways to accomplish of controlling and diagnosis of the firm acting.

2



PEK_W01- Student has knowledge on the scope of organizing and management.

PEK_W02 - Student has knowledge on the scope of the chosen methods and technics of diagnose and

improving in functional areas of firm.


PEK_K01 - Student be able to collaborate and work in the group.

PEK_K02 - Student show the readiness to identify, critical analyze and decide the appearing problems

in the site of work. Student be able to evaluate of effect of taking up decisions.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Management, strategic management. 2

Lec 2 Company, company infrastructure. The objectives of the company. 2

Lec 3 Business strategies in the era of globalization and regionalization. 2

Lec 4 Strategic analysis of the company. 2

Lec 5 Restructuring of businesses, including infrastructure companies. 2

Lec 6 Regulation of infrastructure companies. The role of the Energy Regulatory

Office (ERO). 2

Lec 7 Operational planning, tactical and strategic. 2

Lec 8 Test 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

3

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture, multimedia presentation.


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


P PEK_W01,

PEK_W02 Colloquium


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Drucker P., Zarządzanie w XXI wieku, Muza, , Warszawa 2002.

[2] Griffin R.W., Podstawy zarządzania organizacjami, PWN, Warszawa 2004.

[3] Malko J., Wilczyński A., Rynki energii – działania marketingowe. Oficyna Wydawnicza

Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2006.

[4] Ilic M., Galiana F., Fink L.: Power systems restructuring, engineering and economics,

KLUWER Academic Publishers, Boston - Dordrecht - London, 1998.

[5] Directive 2003/54/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, of 26 June 2003,

concerning common rules for the internal market in electricity and repealing Directive

96/92/EC.


[1] Steinmann H., Schreyögg G., Zarządzanie – podstawy kierowania przedsiębiorstwem,

koncepcje, funkcje, przykłady. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2001.

[2] S. Hunt, G. Shuttleworth: Competition and choise in electricity, John Wiley & Sons, Chichester

- New York - Weinheim - Brisbane - Singapore - Toronto, 1997.

[3] Stabryła A., Zarządzanie strategiczne w teorii i praktyce firmy. PWN, Warszawa – Kraków

2000.

[4] Philipson L., Willis H. L.: Understanding Electric Utilities and De-Regulation. Marcel Dekker,

Inc., New York 1999.


Artur Wilczyński, [email protected]


Management of a Company



AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject

educational

effect


effect and educational effects defined

for main field of study and


Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 K2AiR_W05 C1 Lec1, Lec2,

Lec6, Lec7 N1

PEK_W02 K2AiR_W05 C2 Lec3 – Lec5 N1

PEK_K01 K2AiR_W05 C1 Lec1, Lec2,

Lec6, Lec7 N1

PEK_K02 K2AiR_W05 C2 Lec3 – Lec5 N1



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012

FACULTY OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING / DEPARTMENT………………

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Kompatybilność elektromagnetyczna

Name in English Electromagnetic Compatibility



Level and form of studies: 2st level, full-time *

Kind of subject: optional *


Group of courses NO*


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15





crediting with

grade*

crediting


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*


(X) final course




classes

1




1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE:

1. He has a knowledge in the scope of electrotechnology and the theory of electromagnetic

fields.

2. He has a knowledge in the scope of the electric measurement.

3. He has a knowledge in the scope of the high voltage technique.

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO SKILLS: 1.He is able correctly to apply the knowledge in the electrotechnical material science to

qualitative and quantitative analysis of issues.

2. He is able correctly and effectively to apply the knowledge in the electric measurement to


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO COMPETENCES: 1. He understands the need and knows possibilities of constant training oneself and raising his

professional competence. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of theoretically knowledge, essential to understand physics bases of appearing of the

electromagnetic interference.

C2 Getting the ability of the organization and making measurements with appropriately selected

methods.

C3 Consolidating academic values.



PEK_W01 – He understands problems and tasks of the electromagnetic compatibility.

PEK_W02 – He is able to list important sources of the electromagnetic interference.

PEK_W03 – He knows kinds of elements and arrangements of the overvoltage protection in

installations and low-voltage devices.

PEK_W04 – He is able to explain the role of filters and compensating systems in the

elimination of interferences.

PEK_W05 – He knows problems of the electromagnetic shielding; is able to describe new

techniques and adopted materials in the electromagnetic shielding.

relating to skills:

PEK _U01 – He is prepared for the independent performance of measurements of the


PEK _U02 – He is able to determine dynamic and static characteristics of protective elements.

PEK _U03 – He is able to make laboratory simulations of electromagnetic hazards.

PEK _U04 – He can make measurements of the interference level in different driving systems.


PEK _K01 – He is able to think and to act in the creative and enterprising way.

PEK _K02 – He is able to work as a team.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 The introduction, basic problems and EMC requirements. Sources of the outside

electromagnetic interference. Lighting: phenomena, parameters, threats.

2

Lec 2 Lighting and overvoltage protection of the installation and devices in buildings. 2

Lec 3 Non-linear elements and systems of the overvoltage protection. 2

Lec 4 Electrostatic discharges: phenomena, parameters, threats, preventive means. 2

Lec 5 Problems of the electromagnetic compatibility of driving systems. Electronic

power converters as sources of the electromagnetic interference..

2

Lec 6 Filters and systems of compensation and filtering in the converter driving

systems.

2

Lec 7 Problems of the shielding of electromagnetic fields. Electromagnetic new

materials and techniques of the shielding of electromagnetic fields.

2

Lec 8 Final test 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab

1 Introduction, regulations of the safety work, requirements, range of the

laboratory

2

Lab

2 Test of the high voltage devices of the surge protection. 2

Lab

3 Determination of dynamic characteristic of the surge protection elements of electronic

devices

2

Lab

4 Determination of static characteristic of the surge protection elements of electronic

devices

2

Lab

5 Test of the interference level conducted in driving systems with controlled rectifiers

of different type.

2

Lab

6

Test of the interference level conducted in driving systems with frequency converters. 2

Lab

7

Test of influence passive and active filters on the level disruptions generated and

conducted in frequency adjusted drives.

2

Lab

8

Final test 1

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Proj 4

…

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Sem 3

…

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Traditional lecture with multimedia presentations.

N2. Measurements at using laboratory apparatus.

N3. Brief tests of the knowledge before beginning the laboratory exercises.

N4. Preparing the report.

N5. Consultation.

N6. Independent work of the student.





end)

Educational effect


Lecture

P1 PEK_W01 - PEK_W05 Final test.

Laboratory exercise

F1 PEK_U01 - PEK_U04

PEK_K01 - PEK_K02

The verification and the evaluation of

the preparation for laboratory exercises

F2 PEK_U01 - PEK_U04 Evaluation of reports

P2= 0,5 F1 + 0,5 F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Charoy A., Zakłócenia w urządzeniach elektronicznych, t. 1-4, WNT, Warszawa 1999. [2] Sowa A., Kompleksowa ochrona odgromowa i przepięciowa, Biblioteka COSiW SEP, Warszawa, 2005. [3] Frąckowiak L., Energoelektronika, Cz. 2, Wyd. Politechniki Poznańskiej, Poznań, 2000.


[1] Więckowski T., Badania kompatybilności elektromagnetycznej urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych, Oficyna

Wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław, 2001. [2] Praca zbiorowa pod red. D.J. Bena, Impulsowe narażenia elektromagnetyczne, Wyd. Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław,

1994. [3] Haase P., Overvoltage protection of low voltage systems, IEE, London, 2000.

[4] Prasad Kodali V., Engineering Electromagnetic Compatibility, IEEE Press, New York, 1996.


Krzysztof Wieczorek, [email protected]

../../../../../Documents%20and%20Settings/Politechnika/Ustawienia%20lokalne/Temp/Katalog%20tymczasowy%2015%20dla%20Karty-I7-13-11-2012.zip/Karty-I7-13-11-2012/Karty%20I7%20wersja%20PL/AiR/AiR_IIst/[email protected]


SUBJECT

Electromagnetic Compatibility








applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) S2AMPU_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec1-Lec8 N1, N5, N6

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec 1, Lec 4,

Lec5

N1, N5, N6

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec 2- Lec 4 N1, N5, N6

PEK_W04 S2AMPU_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec 6 N1, N5, N6

PEK_W05 S2AMPU_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec 7 N1, N5, N6

PEK_U01 (skills) S2AMPU_B_U01 C2, C3 La1-La4 N2-N6

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U01 C2, C3 La3-La4 N2-N6

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_B_U01 C2, C3 La2 N2-N6

PEK_U04 S2AMPU_B_U01 C2, C3 La5-La7 N2-N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K2AiR_K03, S2AMPU_K01 C1, C3 Lec 1- Lec Lec 8 N1-N6

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K02 C2, C3 La1-La8 N2-N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Matematyczne metody optymalizacji

Name in English: Mathematical optimisation











(CNPS) 120 60


grade



classes 2


student contact (BK) classes 1 0,5


1. A basic knowledge of the properties of functions, calculus of functions of several

variables, linear algebra

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1- Transfer of the basic knowledge and skills necessary for the proper formulation of

optimization problems C2- Introduction to the basic methods of solving optimization problems

C3- Training the skills in practical use of common software for solving optimization problems



PEK_W01 - knows the rules of mathematical formulation of the optimization problems

PEK_W02 - knows basic mathematical theorems on extreme functions of several variables,

including the presence of constraints

PEK_W03 - knows the basic methods and algorithms for solving linear and nonlinear

optimization tasks

relating to skills:

PEK_U01- able to formulate a mathematical model of the optimization problem

PEK_U02- able to select and use available software to solve optimization problems and

correctly interpret the results


PEK_K01- able to think and act in a creative and enterprising way

PEK_K02- able to work in a project team

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1-2 Introduction. Basic concepts. The objective function, constraints,

parameters. Optimisation problem formulation. Examples of problems. 4.0

Lec 3 Mathematical preliminaries. Vectors and Matrices. Elements of

differential calculus. Convex sets and functions.

2.0

Lec 4 Unconstrained problems. Optimality conditions for unconstrained

problems

2.0

Lec 5-6 Unconstrained minimization techniques. The steepest descent method.

Conjugate gradient. The Newton methods. Non-gradient methods.

4.0

Lec 7 One-dimensional search methods. Golden section search. 2.0

Lec 8 Nonlinear constrained optimisation. Equality and inequality constraints.

Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

2.0

Lec 9 Lagrangian function. Lagrangian duality. 2.0

Lec 10 Penalty methods. 2.0

Lec 11 Linear programming. 2.0

Lec 12 The simplex method. 2.0

Lec 13 Integer programming. 2.0

Lec 14-

15 Genetic algorithms.

4.0

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Total hours


hours

Lab 1 H&S regulations. Laboratory working rules. Rules for working in a group.

Rules for final crediting. Presentation of subsequent labs contents.

1

Lab

2-3 Constructing a mathematical model of an optimization problem. Analytical 3

determination of the extremum of a function

Lab

3-6 The study of numerical methods for unconstrained problems

6

Lab

6-8 Applying the Optimization Toolbox of Matlab 5

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with multimedia presentations

N2. Computer laboratory suitable for group working


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


Lecture

P1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

written exam

Laboratory

F1 PEK_W03

PEK_U01-PEK_U02

PEK_K01 -

PEK_K02

grading the correctness of optimization problem

solutions

P2 - On the basis of assessed tasks exercises


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Podstawy optymalizacji, A. Stachurski, A. P. Wierzbicki, WPW 1999

[2] Metody rozwiązywania zadań optymalizacji, J. Seidler, A. Badach, W. Molisz, WNT

1980


[1] Teoria i metody obliczeniowe optymalizacji, W. Findensein, J. Szymanowski,

A. Wierzbicki, PWN 1977

[2] Podstawy optymalizacji, F. Milkiewicz, Politechnika Gdańska 1995

[3] Practical Optimization Methods, M. Asghar Bhatti, Springer-Verlag 2000


Zbigniew Wacławek, [email protected]


SUBJECT

Mathematical optimisation




Apparatus

Subject educational






Subject


number***

PEK_W01 K2AiR_W01 C1 Lec1-2 N1

PEK_W02 K2AiR_W01 C1,C2 Lec3, Lec4, Lec8, Lec9, Lec11 N1

PEK_W03 K2AiR_W01

C2 Lec5-6, Lec7, Lec10, Lec12-

15,

N1,N2

PEK_U01 K2AiR_U01 C1 Lab2-3 N2

PEK_U02 K2AiR_U01 C3 Lab 3-6; Lab6-8 N2

PEK_K01 K2AiR_K03, S2AMPU_K01 C1-C3 Lab1-Lab8 N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K02 C1-C3 Lab1-Lab8 N2



j.sz.16.02.2013

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Sieci teleinformatyczne w technice

Name in English Teleinformatic networks in the technics






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15



Form of crediting Examination Examination /

crediting with

grade*

crediting with

grade* Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*


(X) final course




classes

1




1 1




1. Has knowledge about the Windows operating system.

2. Has basic knowledge about functionalities of IT systems.

3. Has knowledge about searching for technical information.

4. Has knowledge about ANSI C programming.

relating to skills:

1. Is able to recognise key hardware and software parameters of personal computers.

2. Is able to write algorithms in the ANSI C programming language.


1. Recognises the need of continuous education, developing professional, personal and social

competences and it able to define opportunities to do so.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

j.sz.16.02.2013

C1 - basic knowledge about transmission preparation and ICT data processing technology.

C2 - acquiring ability to programme "visually" in the LabVIEW environment.

C3- preparation for problem solving in a design team.



PEK_W01 - has knowledge about computer communication and data exchange for engineering

purposes

PEK_W02 - has knowledge about network event modelling

PEK_W03 - has basic knowledge about visual programming in the LabVIEW environment

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - is able to source information about establishing connection from literature and

other sources

PEK_U02 - is able to implement communication procedures in the Windows operating system

PEK_U03 - is able to exploit basic LabVIEW communication objects


PEK_K01 - is able to think and action in a creative and enterprising manner.

PEK_K02 - is able to evaluate design team performance and perform a critical analysis.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes – lecture Number of

hours

Lec 1 Objectives and tasks of ICT networks for engineering purposes. Multitasking

and concurrency of processes in modern computer systems.

33

3

Lec 2

Topology and logical organization of ICT networks.

2

Lec 3 Selected elements of network connections: Ethernet, Token Ring,

Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, USB, RS232, RS485, GPIB.

33

3

Lec 4 Presentation of the most important network protocols: TCP/IP, UDP/IP,

HTTP, FTP and guidelines on implementing customised protocols.

33

3

Lec 5 Client-server communication model. The notion of "thin" client. Data

storage and process servers. Recognition and analysis of end-user system.

Elements of wide-area systems.

33

3

Lec 6 "G" language - introduction to LabVIEW programming. Basic principles and

elements of algorithm programming in integrated graphical interface. Front

panel and diagram. Programme structure.

33

4

Lec 7 "G" language - data types, structures, tables and clusters. Time function, user

interaction and error handling.

33

3

Lec 8 "G" language - event mechanism. Communication with hardware - local

computer ports. Input/Output components panel. Network connection

module. File reading module.

33

3

Lec 9 Examples of hybrid programming: LabVIEW , C, MATLAB, DELPHI,

external DLL and OBJ modules. Presentation of computer app developed on

a software engineer level.

33

3

Lec 10 Composition of user application interfaces. Visualisation components 33

3

j.sz.16.02.2013

palette. Network screen sharing (HTTP).

Total hours 33

30


hours

Cl 1

Total hours


hours

Lab 1 Introduction to LabVIEW. Palettes and tools of the Visual Instruments

environment - Front panel and Diagram.

2

Lab 2 Programme structure and data types - unconditional and condition-

controlled loops.

2

Lab 3 Programme structure and data types - basic programming using event

mechanisms.

2

Lab 4 Local ports controlling - analysis and modification of exemplary cases. 2

Lab 5 Network ports controlling - analysis and modification of exemplary cases. 2

Lab 6 Client-server communication model in the VI environment. Programming

user applications - teamwork.

4

Lab 7 Final test 1

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Introductory lecture with slideshow and elements of e-learning

N2. Students code case-based programmes both individually and in teams

N3. Students prepare interim reports electronically:

e-learning platform: http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl

N4. remote self-education - http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl

N5. remote self-education - http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl - test papers

N6. own work (e.g. examination preparations)

N7. asynchronous consulting: learning platform: http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl

http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl/




j.sz.16.02.2013

N8. conventional consulting


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


Lecture

F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02,

PEK_W03

Remote self-teaching - test paper prior to the

examination.

E-learning platform:

http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl


PEK_W03

Oral and written exam in computer lab using

the e-learning platform:


P=0*F1+1*F2

Laboratory

P PEK_U01,PEK_U02,

PEK_U03PEK_K01,

PEK_K02

Drafting interim papers electronically




PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Przewodnik po sieciach lokalnych, Greg Nunemacher, MIKOM (wydanie dowolne)

[2] LabVIEW w praktyce, Marcin Chruściel, BTC (wydanie dowolne)

[3] Platforma edukacyjna: http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl

[4] Netografia


[1] Nowoczesne sieci miejskie,J.Jaworski, R.Morawski,J.Olędzki,WNT(wydanie dowolne)

[2] Programowanie w DELPHI, wersja 5.0 lub późniejsze, (wydanie dowolne)

[3] JAVA Kompendium programisty, Helion, (wydanie dowolne)





j.sz.16.02.2013

Jarosław Szymańda, [email protected]


SUBJECT

Teleinformatic networks in the technics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION







Subject



number***

PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

S2AMPU_A_W04 C1,C2 Lec 1, Lec 2,

Lec 3, Lec 4,

Lec 5, Lec 6,

Lec 7, Lec 8,

Lec 9, Lec10

N1,

N4,N5,

N6,N7,N8

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

S2AMPU_A_U04 C1,

C2,C3

Lab1,Lab2,Lab3,

Lab4,Lab5,Lab6

N2,N3,

N4,N5,N6,N7,

N8

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

S2AMPU_K01 C3 Lab6 N2,N3,N7,N8





SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Podstawy modelowania systemów

Name in English: Fundamentals of system modelling



Level and form of studies: 1st level, full-time


Subject code ARR022111W+L

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15



30 30


with grade

Crediting

with grade


(X) final course




classes

0,75




0,5 0,5




1. Student should have the basic knowledge of fundamentals of the algebra and differential

equations.

2. Student should have the basic knowledge of fundamentals of dynamic systems and statistics.

relating to skills:

1. Student should know how to use MATLAB and SIMULINK for engineering calculation.

2. Student should know how to calculate parameters of the basic dynamic devices.

relating to social competencies:

1. Student should have ability to think and act in a creative way. Student should have ability to work

in a team.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 – To provide knowledge of methods for representation of different dynamic systems.

C2 – Learning how to formulate digital models of dynamic linear and nonlinear systems.

C3 – To provide knowledge of modelling and analysis of dynamic systems in time and frequency

domain.

C4 – Familiarization with principles of preparing of different system characteristics for the system

model description and comparing.



PEK_W01 – Student gets the knowledge on description of computer simulation models: deterministic

and probabilistic.

PEK_W02 – Student gets the knowledge regarding application of adequate model for evaluation of the

analysed system.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Student is able to prepare of adequate model to reproduce basic characteristic of the

physical system.

PEK_U02 – Student is able to apply the simulation results for adequate description of the analyed

system.


PEK_K01 – Student can act independently and cooperate within a group working on a complex

engineering project.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 General introduction – aims of the course. Establishing conditions for

passing and marking the course. Methods and tools for system modelling. 2

Lec 2 Preparation of time-dependent models. Simulation methods. 2

Lec 3 Event dependent models. Queue issue. 2

Lec 4 Deterministic versus stochastic models. 2

Lec 5 Input-output stochastic models. 2

Lec 6 Modelling of nonlinear dynamic systems. 2

Lec 7 Modelling and analysis of the nonlinear oscillations. 2

Lec 8 Qualified test. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Presentation of health and safety rules, and general regulations of the

laboratory. Establishing conditions for passing and marking the project

course. The lab presentation. Basic models in SIMULINK.

2

Lab2 Modelling of event dependent processes. Queue issue. 2

Lab3 Generation of random series. 2

Lab4 Stochastic process modelling. Data matching model. 2

Lab5 Determination of time-series parameters. 2

Lab6 Modelling of nonlinear dynamic processes. 2

Lab7-8 Representation of complex behaviour of simple systems. Simulation

analysis of the chaotic process. 3

Total hours 15


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 – Informative lecture.

N2 – MATLAB/SIMULINK simulation program.

N3 – Lab reports.


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)


achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 Attendance on lectures

F2 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 Qualified test

P = 0,1F1 + 0,9F2

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Activity in the lab work

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 Lab reports

P = 0,3F1 + 0,7F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Materials for the cours, available in: http://www.rose.pwr.wroc.pl/

[2] ROSOŁOWSKI E., Komputerowe metody analizy elektromagnetycznych stanów przejściowych.

Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2009.

[3] SKOWRONEK M., Modelowanie cyfrowe. Wydawnictwo Politechniki Śląskiej, Gliwice 2008.


[1] BIAŁYNICKI-BIRULA I., BIAŁYNICKA-BIRULA I., Modelowanie rzeczywistości.

Wydawnictwo Naukowo-Techniczne WNT, Warszawa, 2007.

[2] Modelowanie rzeczywistości. Materiały do kursu, dostępne:

http://www.neuroinf.pl/Members/danek/swps/

[3] CHATURVEDI D.K., Modeling and simulation of systems using MATLAB and Simulink. CRC

Press, Boca Raton, 2010.

[4] SEVERANCE F.L., System modeling and simulation. An introduction. JOHN WILEY & SONS,

LTD, Chichester 2001.

[5] MORRISON F., Sztuka modelowania układów dynamicznych deterministycznych, chaotycznych,

stochastycznych. WNT, Warszawa, 1996.


Eugeniusz Rosołowski, [email protected]


Fundamentals of system modelling AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 K2AiR_W02 C1-4 Lec1÷Lec4 N1


PEK_U01 K2AiR_U02 C1-8 Lab1÷Lab8 N1


PEK_K01 K2AiR_K01, K2AiR_K02 C3, C4 Lab1÷Lab8 N1, N2



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Teoria sterowania

Name in English: Control theory





Subject code ARR022112W

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30



90

Form of crediting exam


(X) final course




classes




1,2



1. Student should know notations used in control system theory, to know types of control

systems and characteristics of control system elements.

2. Student should have the basic knowledge of control systems.

relating to skills:

1. Student should know how to analyze simple control systems and arrange and rearrange block

diagrams of control systems.


1. Student should have ability to work individually.

2

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 - Skill in stability analysis of linear and nonlinear control systems.

C2 - Skill in designing of control algorithms for models of various type control plants.

C3 - Skill in solving linear-quadratic problems.

C4 - Skill in formulating and solving optimal control problems.



PEK_W01 - Student gets the knowledge of feedforward and feedback control systems design.

PEK_W02 - Student gets the knowledge of optimal control systems design.

PEK_W03 - Student gets the knowledge of probabilistic plant control systems design.

PEK_W04 - Student gets the knowledge of design of artificial intelligence based control systems.


PEK_K01 –Student can act independently working on a complex engineering project.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Models of continuous system. 1

Models of discrete system. 1

Lec 2 Open-loop control system design methods. 1

Feedback control system design methods. 1

Lec 3 Controllability. Observability. 1

Lyapunov stability. 1

Lec 4 Global stability. 1

Linear-quadratic optimal control problem. 1

Lec 5 Deterministic optimal control. 2

Lec 6 Dynamic programming. 1

Lec 6-

7

Optimal control of continuous systems. Bellman’s equation. 2

Lec 7 Time-optimal control. 1

Lec 8 Estimation of an unknown parameter measured under disturbances. 1

Lec 8-

9

Least squares method. 2

Lec 9-

10 Maximum likelihood method.

2

Lec

10-11

Minimal risk method. 2

Lec11-

12

Extreme control. 2

Lec 12 Feedback based extreme control. 1

Lec 13 No-gradient based extreme control. 1

Gradient based extreme control. 1

Lec 14 Tentative step extreme control. 2

Lec 15 Artificial intelligence and knowledge representation in control systems. 2

Total hours 30

3


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab 1

Lab 2

Lab 3

Total hours

Form of classes - project Number of hours

Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Total hours

Form of classes - seminar Number of hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Sem 3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia presentation.


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04

Exam

4


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bubnicki Z., Teoria i algorytmy sterowania, PWN, Warszawa 2002.

[2] Kaczorek T., Teoria układów regulacji automatycznej, WNT, Warszawa 1977.

[3] Kaczorek T., Teoria sterowania, T.1. Układy liniowe ciągłe i dyskretne, PWN,

Warszawa 1977.

[4] Kaczorek T., Teoria sterowania, T.2. Układy nieliniowe, procesy stochastyczne. oraz

optymalizacja statyczna i dynamiczna, PWN, Warszawa 1981.

[5] Kaczorek T., Teoria sterowania i systemów. wyd.2 popr., PWN, Warszawa 1996.


[1] Philippe de Larminant, Yves Thomas., Automatyka-układy liniowe. T. I, II, III.

[2] Zbiór zadań i problemów z teorii sterowania. pod red. Zdzisława Bubnickiego, Oficyna

Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 1979


Mirosław Łukowicz, [email protected]


Control theory

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:


AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 K2AiR_W02 C2 Lec1 - Lec 3 N1

PEK_W02 K2AiR_W01 C3, C4 Lec 4 - Lec 11 N1

PEK_W03 K2AiR_W03 C2, C3, C4 Lec 3 - Lec 14 N1

PEK_W04 K2AiR_W04 C1, C2 C3 Lec 1 - Lec 15 N1

PEK_K01 K2AiR_K01, K2AiR_K02,

K2AiR_K03, K2AiR_K04 C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec 1 - Lec 15 N1




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Technika światłowodowa

Name in English: Fiber Optics



Level and form of studies: 2nd level, full time



Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30



60


with grade


(X) final course




classes




1,8




1. Has structured and theoretically founded knowledge necessary to understand the phenomena of

optoelectronics and fiber optic communications.

2. Has knowledge of optoelectronics.

3. He has knowledge of optoelectronic components.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquaintance with rules for exploitation of light guiding elements and their exploitation

standards.

C2. Acquaintance with functions and methods of realization optoelectronic units for light

guiding purposes.

C3. Explanation notions related to optical wave guides, reasons of disturbances appearance

and methods of prevention.

C4. To gain practical skills needed for connecting optoelectronic elements, conducting

investigations and researching circuits.



PEK_W01 – Has knowledge about optical phenomenon and optical elements.

PEK_W02– Understands and is able to describe operation principles of emission, transmission and

detection units dedicated for optical transmission.

PEK_W03 – Understands and is able to describe active and passive auxiliary elements in wave guiding.

PEK_W04 – Understands and is able to describe methods of various optical network configurations.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Aquitaince with the subject, its program and the requirements of completion. 1

Lec 2 Principles of wave theory of light propagation. 2

Lec 3 Dielectric light guides, properties, basic parameters, fabrication. 2

Lec 4 Problems of effective propagation of the light wave in fiber guides. 2

Lec 5 Mechanisms of power losses in fiber guides: dispersion, refraction. 2

Lec 6 Photoemission components and systems used in fiber optic technology. 2

Lec 7 Photodetection components and systems used in fiber optic technology. 2

Lec 8 Auxiliary, passive elements in fiber-optics networks and systems. 2

Lec 9 Splices and optical connectors. 2

Lec 10 Expanding optical system capacity by multiplexing. 2

Lec 11 Digital and analog modulation of optical signals. 2

Lec 12 Properties, classifications and operational parameters of the fiber guides. 2

Lec 13 Practical realization and ways to configure transmission systems. 2

Lec 14 Optical phenomena employed in fiber sensors. 2

Lec 15 Summarizing and assessment. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Problem lecture

N2. Lecture with use of multimedia techniques

N3. Assessment in form of oral or writing test


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04,

Evaluation test, oral or writing form


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Palais J. C.; Zarys telekomunikacji światłowodowej, WKŁ, Warszawa, 1991.

[2] Midwinter J. E., Guo Y. L.; Optoelektronika i technika światłowodowa, WKŁ, Warszawa,1995.

[3] Chai Yeh, Hanbook of Fiber Optics – Theory and Applications, Academic Press. Inc, London,

1990.

[4] Hornet J.L., Optical Signal Processing, Academic Press, Inc. London, 1990.

[5] Winkler W., Wiszniewski A., Automatyka zabezpieczeniowa w systemach

elektroenergetycznych, WNT, Warszawa, 2004.


[1] Smoliński A.; Optoelektronika światłowodowa, WKŁ, Warszawa, 1985.

[2] Gagliardi R.M., Karp S., Optical Communications, Willey-int.Pub.

[3] CIGRE Working Group 35.04, optical Cable Selection fo Electricity Utilities, Febr. 2001

[4] Handbook of Optics Volume I-V, Mc Graw Hill Companies Inc.,Third Edition USA 2010.


Grzegorz Wiśniewski, [email protected]


Fiber Optics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_B_W10 C1,C3,C4 Lec1 – Lec6 N1,N2

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_B_W10 C1,C3 Lec6 – Lec8 N1,N2

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_B_W10 C2,C3,C4 Lec8 – Lec12 N1,N2

PEK_W04 S2AMPU_B_W10 C2,C3,C4 Lec12 – Lec15 N1,N2,N3



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Inteligentne instalacje budynków i obiektów

Name in English: Intelligent buildings and structures installations





Subject code ARR022316W+P

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15



30 30

Form of crediting Crediting with

grade

Crediting with

grade


(X) final course




classes

1




0,7 0,7



1. He has a basic knowledge concerning the topology and elements of receiving electrical

installations.

2. He has a basic knowledge concerning issues of protection from overcurrent and

overvoltage in low voltage electrical installations.

3. He has basic knowledge in the field of construction, destination and parameters of

connectors and power protection devices used in electrical installations of municipal

buildings.

relating to skills:

1. He is able to perform technical drawings in the form of a sketch and also with use of

graphical software programs.

2. He knows how to use basic computer hardware and software.

3. He can obtain information from literature, databases, and other sources.


1. He understands the need of continuous education and knows possibilities of improving

professional, personal and social competencies.

2. He has an awareness of the responsibility for own work.

2

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Understanding what idea of the intelligent building, building system technology and idea of the

intelligent installation consist in.

C2. Awareness of the possibilities of applying the methods and techniques well-known in physics,

electrical engineering and digital communication to management and operation of intelligent

electrical installation.

C3. Acquiring knowledge in the field of topology, physical and logical structure of chosen solutions

of intelligent installation systems and getting to know of basic tool software used for system

configuration.

C4. Getting to know basic regulations, documents and technical standards concerning the electrical

installations design and bases of the methodology of planning the traditional and intelligent


C5. Getting to know criteria and principles of intelligent installations design on the example of

chosen building automation systems.

C6. Acquiring basic knowledge and the ability in the field of development of technical project

documentation in the intelligent electrical installations section.

C7. Acquiring practical abilities of planning and launching simple arrangements of intelligent

installations in chosen building automation systems with using products of various

manufacturers.

C8. Acquiring and strengthening social competencies concerning the ability of cooperating in the

team, simultaneously self-dependence, responsibility and reliability in the proceedings,

awareness of effects of engineering actions taken.



PEK_W01 – He knows the fundamental assumptions of the intelligent building, the building system

technology and the intelligent installation.

PEK_W02 – He has basic knowledge concerning systems of intelligent installations applied in practice,

knows their basic advantages and disadvantages, is able to compare them objectively.

PEK_W03 – He has a detailed and verified practically knowledge in the field of the construction and

operation of chosen intelligent installation systems.

PEK_W04 – He has knowledge about the catalogue base of the equipment used in traditional and

intelligent electrical installations.

PEK_W05 – He has knowledge of the requirements of basic regulations, documents and technical

standards concerning the electrical installations in municipal buildings and intelligent

installations.

PEK_W06 – He knows the methodology of design of intelligent electrical installations.

PEK_W07 – He knows the basic principles for the development of technical project documentation in

the intelligent electrical installations section.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – He can design and select the elements of an intelligent installation in chosen buildings

automation systems.

PEK_U02 – He is able to develop design documentation for the intelligent electrical installation.


PEK_K01 – He is able to think and act in a creative and enterprising way.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Preliminary information about the intelligent building, building management

system (BMS) and the localization of the intelligent installation. Relay

systems of intelligent installations (systems: Si, Luxor).

2

3

Lec 2 Digital control systems of intelligent installations. The bus system, methods

of coding data and signal transmission. 2

Lec 3 General characteristics of the KNX system. Topology of the KNX system.

Division of bus devices and system components. The physical address of bus

devices.

2

Lec 4 The structure of the telegram and the method of coding data in the KNX

system. The role of the choke in the power supply. 2

Lec 5

The logical structure of the KNX system and group addresses. Assign

communications objects into the addressing groups. The ETS tool software

(the overall structure, assuming the project and planning the control

functions, program communication with system components and bus devices,

putting into operation the installation).

2

Lec 6 The LCN system. The internal structure of the module, the module designs,

system topology. The LCN-PRO tool software. An example illustrating the

use of LCN system. 2

Lec 7 Intelligent wireless systems (Xcomfort, Fibaro). 2

Lec 8 Final colloquium. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab 1

Lab 2

Lab 3

Total hours


hours

Proj 1 – Proj 2

Introduction to the course. Presentation of credit conditions.

Distribution of project tasks. Discussion of the range of the basic

regulations and standards for the design of electrical installations and

intelligent installations in municipal buildings.

3

Proj 2 Principles of planning the electrical installations in residential

buildings. 1

Proj 3 Principles of planning the intelligent electrical installations on the

example of chosen building automation systems. 2

Proj 4

Guidelines concerning equipping the intelligent electrical installations.

Devices selection, planning and implementation of the lighting control

functions on the example of chosen building automation systems.

2

Proj 5


Devices selection, planning and implementation of the blinds/shutters

control functions on the example of chosen building automation

systems.

2

Proj 6 Guidelines concerning equipping the intelligent electrical installations. 2

4

Devices selection, planning and implementation of the

heating/temperature control functions on the example of chosen

building automation systems.

Proj 7


Devices selection, planning and implementation of the advanced

control functions on the example of chosen building automation

systems.

2

Proj 8 The content and rules for the preparation of technical project

documentation for the intelligent electrical installations. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Sem 3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Information lecture with audio-visual techniques.

N2. A multimedia presentation.

N3. Discussion.

N4. Software tools to design and programming the intelligent installations.

N5. Personal consultations.

N6. Own work.


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect

number


achievement

LECTURE

P PEK_W01, PEK_W02 Colloquium

PROJECT

F1 PEK_U01 Discussion

F2

PEK_W04, PEK_W05,

PEK_W07,

PEK_U01, PEK_U02

Evaluation of the project preparation

F3 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W07,

PEK_K01 Project defence

P = 0,1F1 + 0,4F2 + 0,5F3

5


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Markiewicz H., Instalacje elektryczne, Wyd. 8, WNT, Warszawa 2012;

[2] PN-EN 50090 Domowe i budynkowe systemy elektroniczne (HBES);


[1] [1] Ustawa z dnia 7 lipca 1994 – Prawo budowlane (tekst jednolity: Dz. U. z 2006r. Nr 156,

poz. 1118) z późn. zm. z dnia 10 maja 2007 r. (Dz. U. Nr 99, poz. 665), 19 września 2007 r.

(Dz. U. Nr 191 poz.1373), 8 października 2008 r. (Dz. U. Nr 206, poz. 1287), 26 czerwca

2008 r. (Dz. U. Nr 145, poz. 914) oraz z dnia 6 maja 2010 r.(Dz. U. Nr 121, poz. 809);

(http://www.isip.sejm.gov.pl/prawo/index.html);

[2] Rozporządzenie Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 12 kwietnia 2002 r. w sprawie warunków

technicznych jakim powinny odpowiadać budynki i ich usytuowanie. (Dz. U. Nr 75, poz. 690)

z późn. zm. z dnia 13 lutego 2003 r. (Dz. U. Nr 33, poz. 270) z dnia 7 kwietnia 2004 r.

(Dz. U Nr 109, poz. 1156), z dnia 6 listopada 2008 r. (Dz. U. Nr 201, poz. 1238) oraz z dnia

12 marca 2009 r. (Dz. U. Nr 56, poz. 461); (http://www.isip.sejm.gov.pl/prawo/index.html);

[3] PN-IEC 60364 Instalacje elektryczne w obiektach budowlanych oraz inne przedmiotowe

Polskie Normy;

[4] Klajn A., Bielówka M., Instalacja elektryczna w systemie KNX/EIB, Informacje o Normach

i Przepisach Elektrycznych – Miesięcznik Stowarzyszenia Elektryków Polskich, Podręcznik dla

Elektryków – Zeszyt 10, Warszawa 2006;

[5] Witryna dydaktyczna Zakładu Urządzeń Elektroenergetycznych Instytutu Energoelektryki

Politechniki Wrocławskiej: http://www.zue.pwr.wroc.pl/dydaktyka

[6] http://www.knx.org/pl/

[7] http://www.lcn.pl

[8] http://www.automatykabudynku.pl


Antoni Klajn, [email protected]


Intelligent buildings and structures installations




Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_B_W11 C1 Lec 1 N1, N2, N6

PEK_W02 S2AMPU_B_W11 C2, C3, C5 Lec 1 ÷ Lec 8 N1, N2, N6

PEK_W03 S2AMPU_B_W11 C3 Lec1 ÷ Lec8,

Proj 3 ÷ Proj 7 N1 ÷ N6

PEK_W04 S2AMPU_B_W11 C3, C7 Proj 4 ÷ Proj 7 N2, N3, N4, N6

PEK_W05 S2AMPU_B_W11 C4 Proj 1 ÷ Proj 3 N2, N3, N6

PEK_W06 S2AMPU_B_W11 C5, C7 Proj 3 ÷ Proj 7 N2, N3, N5, N6

PEK_W07 S2AMPU_B_W11 C6 Proj 8 N2, N3, N5, N6

PEK_U01 S2AMPU_B_U10 C5, C7 Proj 4 ÷ Proj 7 N2, N3, N5, N6

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_B_U10 C6 Proj 8 N2, N3, N5, N6

PEK_K01 K2AIR_K01 C8 Proj 3 ÷ Proj 8 N2 ÷ N6



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Projektowanie instalacji elektrycznych wspomagane komputerowo

Name in English: Computer Aided Design (CAD) in Energetic



Level and form of studies: 2 nd level, full-time



Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15



60 30

Form of crediting exam credit with

a grade


(X) final course




classes

0,5




1,2 0,7




1. He has basic knowledge of planning and design of low-voltage electrical installations in industrial

and municipal.

relating to skills:

1. He can read design assumptions and the design of low-voltage electrical installations.

2. He able to develop project documentation in accordance with applicable regulations and

standards.


1. He able to work in a team and understands the need for continuous training.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Familiarize students with the basic advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used in the

design of electrical installation and electrical equipment.

C2. Familiarize students with CAD programs to design low voltage electrical installation and

interpretation of the results.

C3. Familiarize students with CAD programs to design the interior lighting and exterior, and the


C4. Familiarize students with CAD programs to design low voltage electrical switchgear. and


C5. Familiarize students with CAD programs to create project documentation and interpretation of

the results.

2



PEK_W01 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used in the design of

electrical installation and of electrical equipment.

PEK_W02 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used to design electrical

installations.

PEK_W03 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used to design lighting.

PEK_W04 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used to design low voltage

electrical switchgear.

PEK_W05 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used to create project

documentation.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – He can interpret design assumptions in the field of electrical installation and lighting.

PEK_U02 – Can design of electrical installations using a CAD program and interpret the results.

PEK_U03 – Can lighting design using a CAD program and interpret the results.


PEK_K01 – He has aware of their own responsibility for their work and a willingness to comply with

the principles of teamwork.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Familiar with the subject, program requirements and how to pass. General

characteristics of CAD computer systems. 2

Lec 2 General characteristics of CAD computer systems design in energetic. 2

Lec 3 Design rules for electrical installations. 2

Lec 4 General characteristics of CAD software for the design of electrical

installations 2

Lec 5 Detailed characteristics of the selected CAD program for designing electrical

installations. 2

Lec 6 Principles of lighting design and lighting design outdoor areas. 2

Lec 7 General characteristics of CAD software to design lighting. 2

Lec 8 Detailed characteristics of the selected CAD program to design lighting. 2

Lec 9 Principles of design of low voltage electrical switchgear 2

Lec 10 General characteristics of CAD software to design low voltage electrical

switchgear 2

Lec 11 Detailed characteristics of the selected CAD program to design a low-voltage

electrical switchgear. 2

Lec 12 The rules for creating project documentation. 2

Lec 13 General characteristics of CAD software to create project documentation. 2

Lec 14 Detailed characteristics of the selected CAD program to create project

documentation. 2

Lec 15 Summary and discussion of examination issues. 2

Total hours 30

3


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1 Establish rules for passing. General familiarization with the software needed

for the task of design installed in the computer laboratory 1

Proj2 The introduction of electrical design data in a selected CAD program for

designing electrical installations. 2

Proj3 Variants perform calculations for a given electrical installation using a

selected CAD program for the design of electrical installation 2

Proj4 Production of results for a given electrical installation using a selected CAD

program for the design of electrical installations 2

Proj5 The introduction of lighting design data in a selected CAD program to design

lighting. 2

Proj6 Design calculations for the selected variant design data using selected CAD

program to design lighting 2

Proj7 Production of results for a given lighting design using a selected CAD

program to design lighting. 2

Proj8 Completion of the course. 2

Total hours 15


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Lecture with audio-visual technology, multimedia presentations.

N2 - Discussion problematic.

N3 - Design classes conducted in the computer laboratory for a group of students.

N4 - Checking messages in the form of oral or written

N5 - Preparation of project documentation.

4


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


LECTURE

P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04,

PEK_W05,

Written or/and oral exam.

PROJECT

F1

PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,


F2 PEK_U02, Evaluation of project documentation


P = 0,2F1 + 0,4F2 + 0,4F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Markiewicz H., Urządzenia elektroenergetyczne, Wyd. 4, WNT, Warszawa 2008.

[2] Markiewicz H., Instalacje elektryczne, Wyd. 8, WNT, Warszawa 2012.

[3] Dołęga W., Kobusiński M., Projektowanie instalacji elektrycznych w obiektach

przemysłowych. Zagadnienia wybrane., Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław 2009.

[4] Current manuals CAD software contained on the website developers.


[1] Praca zbiorowa, Poradnik inżyniera elektryka. Tom 3. WNT, Warszawa, 2005.

[2] Wiatr J., Orzechowski M., Poradnik projektanta elektryka, wyd 4, Wydawnictwo Medium,

Warszawa 2010.


Kazimierz Herlender, [email protected]


Computer Aided Design (CAD) in Energetic



SPECIALIZATION Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus

Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***


PEK_W02 S2AMPU_A_W05 C1, C2 Lec3, Lec4,

Lec5 N1, N2


Lec8 N1, N2


Lec11 N1, N2


Lec14 N1, N2

PEK_U01 S2AMPU_A_U05 C1,C2,C3 Proj1, Proj2,

Proj5 N3, N4

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_A_U05 C1,C2 Proj2 – Proj4 N3, N4, N5

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_A_U05 C1,C3 Proj5 – Proj7 N3, N4, N5

PEK_K01 K2AiR_K02 C1 – C5 Proj2 – Proj7 N2, N3




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Identyfikacja obiektów sterowania

Name in English Control object identification











(CNPS) 60 30


with grade crediting

with grade




classes 0,75




relating to knowledge

1. Knowledge of algebra at the basic level.

2. Knowledge of mathematical analysis at the basic level.

3. Knowledge of stochastic processes.

4. Knowledge of problems of control theory.

relating to skills:

1. Abilities of developing computer programs and performing calculation in the Matlab environment.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Knowing methods of control object identification.

C2 Acquiring proficiency in solving problems of control object identification.

C3 Familiarising with software used for solving problems of control object identification.



PEK_W01 - The student has knowledge related to identification of parametric static models.

PEK_W02 - The student has knowledge related to identification of parametric stationary

dynamic models.

PEK_W03 - The student has knowledge related to identification of parametric non-stationary

dynamic models

PEK_W04 - The student has knowledge related to identification of non-parametric stationary models.

PEK_W05 - The student has knowledge related to identification of models for feedback control

systems.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - The student is able to plan identification process.

PEK_U02 - The student is able to use of least squares method to solving identification problem.

PEK_U03 - The student is able to use of correlation method to solving identification problem.

PEK_U04 - The student is able to use of stochastic approximation to solving identification problem.

PEK_U05 - The student is able to perform identification calculation in the Matlab environment.


PEK_K01 - The student can independently solve identification problems.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes – lecture Number

of hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Basic terms and definition: dynamic systems, models of dynamic

systems, identification, interpretation of identified model, identification process.

2

Lec 2 Identification of static models – the least squares method: a principle of the

method, a recursive algorithm, a deterministic criterion for assessing model

correctness.

2

Lec 3 Statistical analysis of the results of identification of static models with use of the

least squares method.

2

Lec 4 The identification experiment in the case of dynamic models: general

characteristics, choice of sampling time, choice of input signals.

2

Lec 5 Identification of parametric dynamic models: the essence of identification, models

ARX, ARMAX, estimation of parameters of models by the least squares method,

the instrumental variable method and the maximum likelihood method.

2

Lec 6 Validation of parametric dynamic models. 2

Lec 7 Test. 2

Lec 8 Identification of non-stationary parametric dynamic models. 2

Lec 9 Identification of time-series models: time-series concept, properties of time-series

(stationarity, stability), properties of time-series models (causality, stability,

reversibility), process of identification of time-series models, stochastic time-series

models (stationary and non-stationary models) and their properties.

2

Lec 10 Identification of the impulse response: recursive and non-recursive methods. 2

Lec 11 Identification of power spectral density: description of a signal in the frequency

domain, classical and modern identification methods.

2

Lec 12 Identification of the amplitude and phase characteristics with use of non-

parametric methods: purpose of the identification, identification methods

(frequency analysis, frequency analysis using correlation methods, spectral

analysis), coherence function, input signals.

2

Lec 13 Identification of static and dynamic models with use of the stochastic

approximation: the principle of the stochastic approximation, an algorithm of

2

identification.

Lec 14 Identification of the models of feedback control systems: identifiability conditions,

the problem of partial unfulfilment of identifiability conditions.

2

Lec 15 Test. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab 1 An introduction, the laboratory program. Mathematical models of control objects. 2

Lab 2 Identification of static models - the least squares method. 2

Lab 3 Identification of static models - the least squares method: Statistical analysis of the

results of identification.

2

Lab 4 Identification of static models - planning of active identification experiments. 2

Lab 5 Identification of dynamic models - the ARX model. 2

Lab 6 Identification of the impulse response. 2

Lab 7 Identification of the amplitude and phase characteristics. 2

Lab 8 Identification of static models - the stochastic approximation 2

Total hours 30


hours

Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Total hours

Form of classes – seminar Number of

hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Sem 3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Information lecture.

N3. Preparation in the form of reports.

N4. The MATLAB/Simulink programming environment.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –


end)


achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W05 activity at the classes

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W05 average of the grades from tests

P = 0.1 F1 + 0.9 F2

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U05 activity at the classes

F2 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U05 reports from the classes

P = 0.3 F1 + 0.7 F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Królikowski A., Identyfikacja obiektów sterowania, Wyd. Pol. Poznańskiej, Poznań 2005.

[2] Królikowski A., Horla D., Identyfikacja obiektów sterowania: metody dyskretne, Wyd. Pol.

Poznańskiej, Poznań 2005.

[3] Mańczak K., Nahorski Z., Komputerowa identyfikacja obiektów dynamicznych, PWN,

Warszawa 1983.

[4] Pr. zb., Dynamika i identyfikacja obiektów. Zbiór zadań, Wyd. Pol. Poznańskiej, Poznań 1980.

[5] Pr. zb. pod red. Kasprzyk J., Identyfikacja procesów, Wyd. Pol. Śląskiej, Gliwice 2002.

[6] Zimmer A., Englot A., Identyfikacja obiektów i sygnałów. Teoria i praktyka dla użytkowników

MATLABA, Wyd. Pol. Krakowskiej, Kraków 2005.


[1] Mańczak K., Metody identyfikacji wielowymiarowych obiektów sterowania, WNT, Warszawa

1979.

[2] Milkiewicz F., Wstęp do metod optymalizacji i identyfikacji obiektów przemysłowych, Wyd.

Pol. Gdańskiej, Gdańsk 1979.

[3] Sawicki J., Królikowski A., Florek A., Dynamika i identyfikacja obiektów sterowania. Zbiór

zadań, PWN, Warszawa 1986.

[4] Zimmer A., Identyfikacja obiektów i sygnałów. Teoria i praktyka dla użytkowników

MATLABA, Wyd. Pol. Krakowskiej, . Kraków 1998.


KAZIMIERZ WILKOSZ, [email protected]


Control object identification




Subject

educational

effect





Subject



number***


Lec3, Lec13 N1, N2


Lec6, Lec9,

Lec10

N1, N2

PEK_W03 K2AiR_W04 C1 Lec8 N1, N2

PEK_W04 K2AiR_W04 C1 Lec11÷Lec13 N1, N2


PEK_U01 K2AiR_U03 C2, C3 Lab1, Lab4 N3, N4

PEK_U02 K2AiR_U03 C2, C3 Lab2÷Lab6 N3, N4

PEK_U03 K2AiR_U03 C2, C3 Lab7 N3, N4



PEK_K01 K2AiR_K03 C2, C3 Lab1÷Lab8 N3, N4



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Mikromaszyny elektryczne dla automatyki przemysłowej

Name in English: Electrical machines for industry automatics









University (ZZU) 30


(CNPS) 60


grade

For group of courses mark (X) final course Number of ECTS points 2


classes


student contact (BK) classes 1,25




1. Has a basic knowledge of the construction of electrical machines and transformers.

2. Knows and understands the principles of operation of electrical machines and transformers.

3. Knows and understands the physical phenomena in electrical machines and transformers.

4. Knows the equivalent circuits and vector diagrams of electrical machines and transformers at

different operating conditions.


1. Understands the need and knows the possibilities of the continuous learning (3rd level

studies, post-graduate studies and courses). \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. To familiarize the students with the construction, principle of operation, electromagnetic

phenomena and electromechanical characteristics of the electrical micromachines.



PEK_W01 Has the knowledge of the construction, principles of operation and

electromechanical characteristics of the electrical micro-machines.


PEK_K01Can think and act in a creative way.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Familiarization with the subject, requirements, form of crediting and

literature.

1

Lec 1-2 Physical phenomena occurring in the circuits of the permanent magnet

micro-machines.

2

Lec 2-3 The principles of solving of the circuits with permanent magnets.

Stabilization of the magnetic flux.

2

Lec 3-4 DC motors: commutator, disc, drag-cup: construction, electromagnetic

phenomena, operating properties, control.

2

Lec 4-5 Universal motors: construction, transients, electromagnetic torque, vector

diagram, electromagnetic characteristics, speed regulation

2

Lec 5-6 Brushless DC motors (BLDC motors)

a) the essence of generation of the electromagnetic torque,

b) constructions: cylindrical,disc,coreless,

c) supplying systems, transients of the electrical and mechanical quantities,

d) electromechanical characteristics, applicationsin:computer technology,

automatic control engineering, audio - video, robotsand vehicles drives.

3

Lec 7 Permanent magnet low power synchronous motors (permasyns): magnetic

circuit structures, electromagnetic torque, start-up, applications.

2

Lec 8-9 Reluctance motors: structure of the electromagnetic circuits, power supply,

reluctance torque, applications:

a)synchronous reluctance motors,

b) reluctance motors with changeover windings.

3

Lec 9-

10

Asynchronous motors synchronized by reluctance torque.

Single-phase asynchronous motors

2

Lec 10 Linear and tube induction motors. 1

Lec 11 Phase shifters and induction voltage regulators. 2

Lec 12 Resolvers.

2

Lec 13 Tachogenerators. 2

Lec 14 Permanent magnet motors cooperation with the controlled rectifiers and

pulse converters.

2

Lec 15 Crediting . 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Total hours


hohours

Proj1

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1.Lecture with the use of the audio-visual technology, multimedia presentations.


Evaluation(F – forming



Educationaleffectnumber Way of evaluating educational effect

achievement

P PEK_W01

PEK_K01

Crediting with grade


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Dudzikowski I., Ciurys M., Komutatorowe i bezszczotkowe maszyny elektryczne wzbudzane

magnesami trwałymi, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2011. [2] Glinka T., Maszyny elektryczne wzbudzane magnesami trwałymi, Wydawnictwo Politechniki

Śląskiej, Gliwice 2002 .

[3] Sochocki R., Mikromaszyny elektryczne, Wydawnictwo Politechniki Warszawskiej. Warszawa 1996.


[1] . Przepiórkowski, Silniki elektryczne w praktyce elektronika, Wydawnictwo BTC 2007


Jan Zawilak, [email protected]


MATRIX OF CORRELATION BETWEEN EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR SUBJECT:

Electrical machines for industry automatics

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY:Control Engineering

and Robotics

AND SPECIALIZATION: Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Apparatus

Subjecteducationaleffect Correlation between

subject educational

effect and

educational effects

defined for main field

of study and

specialization (if

applicable)**

Subjectobjectives*** Programmecontent*** Teachingtoolnumber***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) S2AMPU_W02 C1 Lec1-14 N1

PEK_K01 (competences) S2AMPU_K01 C1 Lec1-14 N1



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Seminarium dyplomowe

Name in English: Diploma seminar




level, full-time


Subject code: ARR023158S

Group of courses NO



University (ZZU) 30


workload (CNPS) 90


grade*


course








Knowledge:

1. Has structured and theoretically-based knowledge necessary to prepare an Master thesis in

specialization Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Devices.

Skills:

1. Can adequately use the possessed knowledge to prepare an Master thesis in specialization Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Devices.

Social competences:

1. Can cooperate in a group and is aware of the need of constant developing and training.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 – Developing skills connected to presenting results of student’s own simulation and experimental

research carried out as part of the Master thesis.

C2 – Developing the ability of critical analysis of results and conclusions of the Master thesis.

C3 – Acquiring interpersonal skills relating to discussing the results of other Master theses in groups.


Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 –Can obtain information from literature, databases on the specified topic of the

Master thesis.

PEK_U02 –Has the ability of synthetic and effective presentation of research results and their

interpretation, drawing conclusions, and preparing and delivering presentations on

the realized thesis.

PEK_U03 –Has the ability to use the acquired knowledge to creatively analyze and solve

scientific problems in the area of the specialization Automation of Machines,

Vehicles and Devices.

PEK_U04 –Can assess the results of work of another student in a fair way, formulate questions,

and take an active part in discussions on the realized Master theses.

Related to social skills: PEK_K01 –Has a sense of responsibility for his/her own work, is opened to exchanging ideas

and new challenges.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Se1 Acquainting the students with the program, subject requirements and

ways of assessment. 2

Se2-Se15 Students’ presentations of the results of their work on Master's theses. 28

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 –Seminar with the use of audiovisual, multimedia presentations, and transparencies. N2 – Discussing the presented material.





end)

Educational effect


F1

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

Assessment of students’ individual presentations

F2 PEK_U04 Evaluation of students’ activity in the classroom

P = 0,7F1 + 0,3F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

Literature suggested to the student by the Master thesis supervisor.


Sources collected by the student through own literature research.


Dr hab. inż. Czesław T. Kowalski, prof. PWr., [email protected]


SUBJECT Diploma seminar


CONTROL ENGINEERING AND ROBOTICS AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject educational





Subject



number***

PEK_U01 S2AMPU_U11

C1 Se1-Se15 N1

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_U11

C1 Se1-Se15 N1

PEK_U03 S2AMPU_U11

C1,C2 Se1-Se15 N1

PEK_U04 S2AMPU_U11

C2 Se1-Se15 N2

PEK_K01 S2AMPU_K01 C3 Se1-Se15 N1, N2

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish … Automatyka napędu elektrycznego - zagadnienia wybrane

Name in English … Controlled Electrical Drives – selected problems


Specialization (if applicable): … Automation of Machines, Vehicles and Devices




Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 120 60

Form of crediting Examination Assessment with

grade




classes 0 2


teacher-student contact (BK) classes 2 2



Has knowledge in the field control theory (basics), informatics and fundamentals of electrical

drives. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 – Familiarizing students with the extended knowledge on the application of advanced control theory

methods in controlled converter-fed motor drives, including adaptive, predictive, sliding and

sensorless control methods.

C2 –Familiarizing students with state variables estimation methods for electrical drives.

C3 – The acquisition of practical knowledge and skills for design, testing and analysis of advanced

control structures for DC and AC motor drives, including sensorless drives.

C4 – Perfecting skills for the understanding, analysis and interpretation of steady-state and transient

processes in chosen controlled DC and AC drive systems.

C5 – Acquisition and fixing the social competences related to work in teams, solving engineering

problems together; responsibility, honesty and fairness, observance of manners which are

obligatory for academia and society.


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – Has knowledge on linear PI/PID controllers, their design methods and anti-wind-up

solutions. Can describe the cascade control structure, show its advantages and disadvantages for

DC or AC motor drives.

PEK_W02 – Has knowledge on basic PWM method, vector modulation techniques and vector control

methods applied in AC/DC converters and AC motors, including sensorless control.

PEK_W03 – – Has matured knowledge on modern methods used for control of the speed and torque of

the DC and AC motor drives, including basis of sliding-mode control, adaptive and predictive

control and their application in drive systems.

PEK_W04 – Has knowledge on basic control methods with complex mechanical structure.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – Can realize the simulation tests of chosen converter-fed electrical drive in Matlab/Simulink

environment using delivered software.

PEK_U02 – Can realize the experimental tests of chosen controlled electrical drive in laboratory set-up.

PEK_U03 – Can realize a critical analysis of the results of simulation and experimental tests of chosen

DC and AC electrical drives controlled in different closed-loop structures, including sensorless

drives with sliding-mode, adaptive, predictive and others control algorithms.


solving.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1-2 Introduction. Cascade control structure – advantages and disadvantages.

PI/PID controllers – performance, design criteria. Saturation phenomenon

and anti-wind-up solutions.

4

Lec 3 Pulse With Modulation (PWM) methods, Space Vector Modulation (SVM)

and its application in voltage inverters. 2

Lec 4-5 Vector control methods in converters (AC/DC active rectifiers) and in

converter-fed AC drives – similarities, specific features. 4

Lec 6-7 State variables estimators – classification. Design of the Luenberger

observer and Kalman filter for chosen dynamical systems, application

examples in DC and AC motor drives.

4

Lec 8 MRAS-type estimators and neural network-based estimators for AC motor

drives. 2

Lec 9-10 Sliding-mode control – theoretical backgrounds. Sliding-mode control of

the induction motor – direct and cascade control concepts. 4

Lec 11 Adaptive control – classification, design, application examples. 2

Lec 12-13 Predictive control – theoretical background, predictive controller structure,

performances, examples of application. 4

Lec 14-15 Control structures for drive systems with elastic couplings: structures with

additional feedbacks and with the state controller – design, performance.

Control of the systems with nonlinear friction and backlash.

4

Total hours 30


hours

Lab1 Introduction. Modeling of basic drive system elements using Matlab/Simulink. 2

Lab2

Simulation tests of the cascade control structure for chosen dynamical object.

Application of different design methods for the PI/PID controllers. Anti-

windup systems.

2

Lab3 Testing of the PWM techniques for the voltage inverter, including SVM

method. 2

Lab4-5 Testing of the vector control method for AC/DC converter and the induction

motor drive system with active rectifier. 4

Lab6-7 Testing of the sensorless induction motor drives with chosen flux and speed

estimators. 4

Lab8 Testing of the sliding-mode control structure for the induction motor drive. 2

Lab9-10 Modeling of the adaptive control structure for the DC and AC motor drives. 4

Lab11 Testing of the speed and position predictive control structure of the DC motor

drive. 2

Lab12-13 Testing of the chosen control structures of the driver system with elastic

coupling – PI/PID controllers, state controller. 4

Lab14-15 Testing of the nonlinear control of electrical drive with friction and backlash

taken into account. 3


Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED












achievement

LECTURE

P1 PEK_W01 PEK_W04 Examination (written and oral)

P=P1

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01 PEK_U03 Evaluation of student preparation to


F2 PEK_U01 PEK_U03

PEK_K01 Activity in the laboratory practices


P = 0,2*F1+0,4*F2+0,4*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

1. Kaźmierkowski M.P., Tunia H., Automatyka napędu przekształtnikowego. PWN, 1987

2. Orlowska-Kowalska T., Bezczujnikowe układy napędowe z silnikami indukcyjnymi. Oficyna

Wydawnicza P.Wr., Wrocław, 2003

3. Orlowska-Kowalska T., Automatyka napędu elektrycznego. Oficyna Wydawnicza P.Wr., Wrocław,

in painting

4. T. Kaczorek, A. Dzieliński, W Dobrowolski, R. Łopatka. Podstawy teorii sterowania, WNT, 2005

5. P. Tatjewski, Sterowanie zaawansowane obiektów przemysłowych. Struktury i algorytmy, Exit 2000


1. P.Vas, Sensorless Vector and Direct Torque Control, Oxford University Press, 1998

2. J.M.D.Murphy, F.G.Turnbull, Power Electronic Control of AC Drives, Pergamon Press, Oxford,

1988

3. W. Leonhard, Control of Electrical Drives, Springer Verlag, 1990

4. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering





SUBJECT

Controlled Electrical Drives – selected problems



AND SPECIALIZATION AUTOMATION OF MACHINES, VEHICLES AND

DEVICES

Subject

educational

effect

Correlation between subject educational effect

and educational effects defined for main field

of study and specialization (if applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool number

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_W01 C1 C2 Wy1 Wy2 N1 N3




PEK_U01 S2AMPU_U01 C3 C4 La1 La15 N4 N6



PEK_K01 S2AMPU_K01

S2AMPU_K02

C5 La1 La15 N1 N6

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish …Roboty w procesach przemysłowych

Name in English … Robots in industrial processes






Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 90 60

Form of crediting Examination Crediting with

grade




classes 2






1. Has a basic knowledge on the robots construction, programming and applications.

2. Has a basic knowledge in the field of industrial process automation.

3. Has a basic on kinematics and dynamics of robots.

relating to skills:

1. Is able to use the obtained knowledge on construction and operation of electrical drives

of robots.

2. Is able to use the obtained knowledge on distributed control and industrial process

automation using PLC. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 – Familiarizing students with the issues of construction and operation of modern drives applied in

robots and machine tools.

C2 – Familiarizing students with the basics of exploitation of robots and machine tools drives.

C3 – Gaining skills for testing and performance evaluation of drives of the machine tools, manipulators

and industrial robots.

C4 – Gaining practical skills for programming of servodrives for machine tools and robots, and

adjustment of position control systems.


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – Has knowledge on basic robot control methods.

PEK_W02 – Has knowledge on basic programming methods for industrial robots.

PEK_W03 – Has matured knowledge on construction and applications of robots in industrial processes.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – Has basic skills connected with programming of robotized operation in industry.

PEK_U02 – Can choose the robot type and its equipment, define its functional requirements depending

on specific industrial process.


solving.


PEK_K03 –Understands the need for taking care for the safety on robotized operations.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Industrial processes, structure, main tasks. Industrial process and a

control plant. Feasibility studies of process automation. 2

Lec 2 Automation of charging - discharging operations, manipulator and

control operations. 2

Lec 3 Functional structure of industrial robot. Basic design and construction-

oriented calculation. 2

Lec 4 Testing and quality evaluation of manipulators and industrial robots. 2

Lec 5 Basics of design of workplaces equipped with robots; virtual

workplaces, visualization. 2

Lec 6 Software for the design of workplaces equipped with robots. 2

Lec 7 Control of industrial robots. 2

Lec 8 Programming of industrial robots. 2

Lec 9 Effectors of industrial robots. 2

Lec 10 Sensor systems for robots. 2

Lec 11 Artificial intelligence in robotics. 2

Lec 12 Automation of chosen industrial processes: assembling, welding,

operating of numerical machine tools. 2

Lec 13 Automation of chosen industrial processes: palletizing, painting, 2

Lec 14 Examples of industrial workplaces with robots in chosen industrial

branches (presentation of movies). 2

Lec 15 Investment efficiency of robots’ application in industry. Technical

and logistic preparation of process automation and robot application. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Lab 1 Introduction to the construction and programming of Mitsubishi robots. 2

Lab 2-3 Application of the arm robot RV-3SB in a simple electrical device

assembling process.

4

Lab 4-5 Application of the arm robots RV-2AJ and RV-3SB in a palletizing

process.

4

Lab 6-7 Application of the SCARA RP-1AH robot in a simple mechanical process. 2

Lab 8-9 Application of Motion Control MPL laboratory set-up for multi-axes drive

control in chosen technological processes.

4

Lab 10 Application of mobile didactic robot HEXOR II for programming and

control of additional equipment connected with robot – camera,

microwaves distance measurement device.

2

Lab 11 Application of mobile didactic robot HEXOR II for programming and

control of additional equipment connected with robot – modules of

infrared and touch sensors.

2

Lab 12-13 Application of Cartesian robot RCM-4M as x-y plotter. 4

Lab 14-15 Application of the numerical machine tools CNC in chosen simple

technological processes. Crediting with grade.

4

Total hours 30

TEACHING TOOLS USED












achievement

LECTURE

P1 PEK_W01 PEK_W03 Examination (written and oral)

P=P1

LABORATORY


PEK_U01 PEK_U02



F2 PEK_U01 PEK_U02

PEK_K01 PEK_K03 Activity in the laboratory practices


P = 0,2*F1+0,4*F2+0,4*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Honczarenko J., Roboty przemysłowe. Budowa i zastosowanie,WNT Warszawa 2010

[2] Tomaszewski K., Roboty przemysłowe. Projektowanie układów mechanicznych, WNT

Warszawa 1993

[3] Kozłowski K., Dutkiewicz P., Wróblewski W., Modelowanie i sterowanie robotów, PWN

Warszaw 2003


[1] Pritschow G., Technika sterowania obrabiarkami i robotami przemysłowymi, Oficyna

wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław 1995


Czesław T. Kowalski, czesł[email protected]


SUBJECT

Robots in industrial processes




Subject

educational

effect


and educational effects defined for main field of

study and specialization (if applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool number

PEK_W01 S2AMPU_W05 C1 ÷ C4 Lec1 ÷ Lec15 N1 ÷ N3



PEK_U01 S2AMPU_U04 C3 ÷ C4 Lab1 ÷ Lab15 N4 ÷ N6

PEK_U02 S2AMPU_U04 C3 ÷ C4 Lab1 ÷ Lab15 N4 ÷ N6




Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Kompatybilność elektromagnetyczna

Name in English Electromagnetic Compatibility


Specialization (if applicable): Automation and Control in Electrical Power Systems

Level and form of studies: 2st level, full-time *

Kind of subject: optional *




Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15





crediting with

grade*

crediting


crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*


(X) final course




classes

1




1 1


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO KNOWLEDGE:

1. He has a knowledge in the scope of electrotechnology and the theory of electromagnetic

fields.

2. He has a knowledge in the scope of the electric measurement.

3. He has a knowledge in the scope of the high voltage technique.

PREREQUISITES RELATING TO SKILLS: 1.He is able correctly to apply the knowledge in the electrotechnical material science to


2. He is able correctly and effectively to apply the knowledge in the electric measurement to


PREREQUISITES RELATING TO COMPETENCES: 1. He understands the need and knows possibilities of constant training oneself and raising his

professional competence. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Acquisition of theoretically knowledge, essential to understand physics bases of appearing of the


C2 Getting the ability of the organization and making measurements with appropriately selected

methods.

C3 Consolidating academic values



PEK_W01 – He understands problems and tasks of the electromagnetic compatibility.

PEK_W02 – He is able to list important sources of the electromagnetic interference.

PEK_W03 – He knows kinds of elements and arrangements of the overvoltage protection in

installations and low-voltage devices.

PEK_W04 – He is able to explain the role of filters and compensating systems in the

elimination of interferences.

PEK_W05 – He knows problems of the electromagnetic shielding; is able to describe new

techniques and adopted materials in the electromagnetic shielding.

relating to skills:

PEK _U01 – He is prepared for the independent performance of measurements of the


PEK _U02 – He is able to determine dynamic and static characteristics of protective elements.

PEK _U03 – He is able to make laboratory simulations of electromagnetic hazards.

PEK _U04 – He can make measurements of the interference level in different driving systems.


PEK _K01 – He is able to think and to act in the creative and enterprising way.

PEK _K02 – He is able to work as a team.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 The introduction, basic problems and EMC requirements. Sources of the outside

electromagnetic interference. Lighting: phenomena, parameters, threats.

2

Lec 2 Lighting and overvoltage protection of the installation and devices in buildings. 2

Lec 3 Non-linear elements and systems of the overvoltage protection. 2

Lec 4 Electrostatic discharges: phenomena, parameters, threats, preventive means. 2

Lec 5 Problems of the electromagnetic compatibility of driving systems. Electronic

power converters as sources of the electromagnetic interference..

2

Lec 6 Filters and systems of compensation and filtering in the converter driving

systems.

2

Lec 7 Problems of the shielding of electromagnetic fields. Electromagnetic new

materials and techniques of the shielding of electromagnetic fields.

2

Lec 8 Final test 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab Introduction, regulations, regulations of the safety work, requirements, range 2

1 of the laboratory

Lab

2 Test of the high voltage devices of the surge protection. 2

Lab

3 Determination of dynamic characteristic of the surge protection elements of electronic

devices

2

Lab

4 Determination of static characteristic of the surge protection elements of electronic

devices

2

Lab

5 Test of the interference level conducted in driving systems with controlled rectifiers

of different type.

2

Lab

6

Test of the interference level conducted in driving systems with frequency converters. 2

Lab

7

Test of influence passive and active filters on the level disruptions generated and

conducted in frequency adjusted drives.

2

Lab

8

Final test 1

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Proj 4

…

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Sem 3

…

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Traditional lecture with multimedia presentations.

N2. Measurements at using laboratory apparatus.

N3. Brief tests of the knowledge before beginning the laboratory exercises.

N4. Preparing the report.

N5. Consultation.

N6. Independent work of the student.





end)

Educational effect


Lecture

P1 PEK_W01 - PEK_W05 Final test.

Laboratory exercise

F1 PEK_U01 - PEK_U04

PEK_K01 - PEK_K02

The verification and the evaluation of

the preparation for laboratory exercises

F2 PEK_U01 - PEK_U04 Evaluation of reports on performed

examinations

P2= 0,5 F1 + 0,5 F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Charoy A., Zakłócenia w urządzeniach elektronicznych, t. 1-4, WNT, Warszawa 1999. [2] Sowa A., Kompleksowa ochrona odgromowa i przepięciowa, Biblioteka COSiW SEP, Warszawa, 2005. [3] Frąckowiak L., Energoelektronika, Cz. 2, Wyd. Politechniki Poznańskiej, Poznań, 2000.


[1] Więckowski T., Badania kompatybilności elektromagnetycznej urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych, Oficyna

Wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław, 2001. [2] Praca zbiorowa pod red. D.J. Bena, Impulsowe narażenia elektromagnetyczne, Wyd. Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław,

1994. [3] Haase P., Overvoltage protection of low voltage systems, IEE, London, 2000.

[4] Prasad Kodali V., Engineering Electromagnetic Compatibility, IEEE Press, New York, 1996.


Krzysztof Wieczorek, [email protected]


SUBJECT

Electromagnetic Compatibility



AND SPECIALIZATION Automation and Control in Electrical Power Systems





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) S2ASE_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec 1- Lec 8 N1, N5, N6

PEK_W02 S2ASE_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec 1, Lec 4,

Lec5

N1, N5, N6

PEK_W03 S2ASE_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec 2- Lec 4 N1, N5, N6

PEK_W04 S2ASE_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec 6 N1, N5, N6

PEK_W05 S2ASE_B_W01 C1, C3 Lec 7 N1, N5, N6

PEK_U01 (skills) S2ASE_B_U01 C2, C3 La1-La4 N2-N6

PEK_U02 S2ASE_B_U01 C2, C3 La3-La4 N2-N6

PEK_U03 S2ASE_B_U01 C2, C3 La2 N2-N6

PEK_U04 S2ASE_B_U01 C2, C3 La5-La7 N2-N6

PEK_K01 (competences) K2AiR_K03, S2ASE_K01 C1, C3 Lec 1- Lec 8 N1-N6

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K02, S2ASE_K02 C2, C3 La1-La8 N2-N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Matematyczne metody optymalizacji

Name in English: Mathematical optimisation











(CNPS) 120 60


grade



classes 2




1. A basic knowledge of the properties of functions, calculus of functions of several

variables, linear algebra

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1- Transfer of the basic knowledge and skills necessary for the proper formulation of

optimization problems C2- Introduction to the basic methods of solving optimization problems

C3- Training the skills in practical use of common software for solving optimization problems



PEK_W01 - knows the rules of mathematical formulation of the optimization problems

PEK_W02 - knows basic mathematical theorems on extreme functions of several variables,

including the presence of constraints

PEK_W03 - knows the basic methods and algorithms for solving linear and nonlinear

optimization tasks

relating to skills:

PEK_U01- able to formulate a mathematical model of the optimization problem

PEK_U02- able to select and use available software to solve optimization problems and

correctly interpret the results


PEK_K01- able to think and act in a creative and enterprising way

PEK_K02- able to work in a project team

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1-2 Introduction. Basic concepts. The objective function, constraints,

parameters. Optimisation problem formulation. Examples of problems. 4.0

Lec 3 Mathematical preliminaries. Vectors and Matrices. Elements of

differential calculus. Convex sets and functions.

2.0

Lec 4 Unconstrained problems. Optimality conditions for unconstrained

problems

2.0

Lec 5-6 Unconstrained minimization techniques. The steepest descent method.

Conjugate gradient. The Newton methods. Non-gradient methods.

4.0

Lec 7 One-dimensional search methods. Golden section search. 2.0

Lec 8 Nonlinear constrained optimisation. Equality and inequality constraints.

Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

2.0

Lec 9 Lagrangian function. Lagrangian duality. 2.0

Lec 10 Penalty methods. 2.0

Lec 11 Linear programming. 2.0

Lec 12 The simplex method. 2.0

Lec 13 Integer programming. 2.0

Lec 14-

15 Genetic algorithms.

4.0

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Total hours


hours

Lab 1 H&S regulations. Laboratory working rules. Rules for working in a group.

Rules for final crediting. Presentation of subsequent labs contents.

1

Lab

2-3 Constructing a mathematical model of an optimization problem. Analytical 3

determination of the extremum of a function

Lab

3-6 The study of numerical methods for unconstrained problems

6

Lab

6-8 Applying the Optimization Toolbox of Matlab 5

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture with multimedia presentations

N2. Computer laboratory suitable for group working


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)

Educational effect


Lecture

P1 PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

written exam

Laboratory

F1 PEK_W03

PEK_U01-PEK_U02

PEK_K01 - PEK_K02

grading the correctness of optimization problem

solutions

P2 - On the basis of assessed tasks exercises


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Podstawy optymalizacji, A. Stachurski, A. P. Wierzbicki, WPW 1999

[2] Metody rozwiązywania zadań optymalizacji, J. Seidler, A. Badach, W. Molisz, WNT

1980


[1] Teoria i metody obliczeniowe optymalizacji, W. Findensein, J. Szymanowski,

A. Wierzbicki, PWN 1977

[2] Podstawy optymalizacji, F. Milkiewicz, Politechnika Gdańska 1995

[3] Practical Optimization Methods, M. Asghar Bhatti, Springer-Verlag 2000


Zbigniew Wacławek, [email protected]


SUBJECT

Mathematical optimisation



AND SPECIALIZATION Automation and Control in Electrical Power

Systems

Subject educational






Subject


number***

PEK_W01 K2AiR_W01 C1 Lec1-2 N1

PEK_W02 K2AiR_W01 C1,C2 Lec3, Lec4, Lec8, Lec9, Lec11 N1

PEK_W03 K2AiR_W01

C2 Lec5-6, Lec7, Lec10, Lec12-

15,

N1,N2

PEK_U01 K2AiR_U01 C1 Lab2-3 N2

PEK_U02 K2AiR_U01 C3 Lab 3-6, Lab6-8 N2

PEK_K01 K2AiR_K03, S2ASE_K01 C1-C3 Lab1-Lab8 N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K02 C1-C3 Lab1-Lab8 N2



j.sz.16.02.2013

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Sieci teleinformatyczne w technice

Name in English Teleinformatic networks in the technics






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15



Form of crediting Examination Examination /

crediting with

grade*

crediting with

grade* Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*


(X) final course




classes

1




1 1




1. Has knowledge about the Windows operating system.

2. Has basic knowledge about functionalities of IT systems.

3. Has knowledge about searching for technical information.

4. Has knowledge about ANSI C programming.

relating to skills:

1. Is able to recognise key hardware and software parameters of personal computers.

2. Is able to write algorithms in the ANSI C programming language.


1. Recognises the need of continuous education, developing professional, personal and social

competences and it able to define opportunities to do so.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

j.sz.16.02.2013

C1 - basic knowledge about transmission preparation and ICT data processing technology.

C2 - acquiring ability to programme "visually" in the LabVIEW environment.

C3- preparation for problem solving in a design team.



PEK_W01 - has knowledge about computer communication and data exchange for engineering

purposes

PEK_W02 - has knowledge about network event modeling

PEK_W03 - has basic knowledge about visual programming in the LabVIEW environment

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - is able to source information about establishing connection from literature and

other sources

PEK_U02 - is able to implement communication procedures in the Windows operating system

PEK_U03 - is able to exploit basic LabVIEW communication objects


PEK_K01 - is able to think and action in a creative and enterprising manner.

PEK_K02 - is able to evaluate design team performance and perform a critical analysis.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Objectives and tasks of ICT networks for engineering purposes. Multitasking

and concurrency of processes in modern computer systems.

33

3

Lec 2

Topology and logical organization of ICT networks.

2

Lec 3 Selected elements of network connections: Ethernet, Token Ring,

Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, USB, RS232, RS485, GPIB.

33

3

Lec 4 Presentation of the most important network protocols: TCP/IP, UDP/IP,

HTTP, FTP and guidelines on implementing customised protocols.

33

3

Lec 5 Client-server communication model. The notion of "thin" client. Data

storage and process servers. Recognition and analysis of end-user system.

Elements of wide-area systems.

33

3

Lec 6 "G" language - introduction to LabVIEW programming. Basic principles and

elements of algorithm programming in integrated graphical interface. Front

panel and diagram. Programme structure.

33

4

Lec 7 "G" language - data types, structures, tables and clusters. Time function, user

interaction and error handling.

33

3

Lec 8 "G" language - event mechanism. Communication with hardware - local

computer ports. Input/Output components panel. Network connection

module. File reading module.

33

3

Lec 9 Examples of hybrid programming: LabVIEW , C, MATLAB, DELPHI,

external DLL and OBJ modules. Presentation of computer app developed on

a software engineer level.

33

3

Lec 10 Composition of user application interfaces. Visualisation components 33

3

j.sz.16.02.2013

palette. Network screen sharing (HTTP).

Total hours 33

30


hours

Cl 1

Total hours


hours

Lab 1 Introduction to LabVIEW. Palettes and tools of the Visual Instruments

environment - Front panel and Diagram.

2

Lab 2 Programme structure and data types - unconditional and condition-

controlled loops.

2

Lab 3 Programme structure and data types - basic programming using event

mechanisms.

2

Lab 4 Local ports controlling - analysis and modification of exemplary cases. 2

Lab 5 Network ports controlling - analysis and modification of exemplary cases. 2

Lab 6 Client-server communication model in the VI environment. Programming

user applications - teamwork.

4

Lab 7 Final test 1

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Introductory lecture with slideshow and elements of e-learning

N2. Students code case-based programmes both individually and in teams

N3. Students prepare interim reports electronically:

e-learning platform: http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl

N4. remote self-education - http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl

N5. remote self-education - http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl - test papers




j.sz.16.02.2013

N6. own work (e.g. examination preparations)

N7. asynchronous consulting: learning platform: http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl

N8. conventional consulting


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


Lecture


PEK_W03

Remote self-teaching - test paper prior to the

examination.




PEK_W03

Oral and written exam in computer lab using

the e-learning platform:


P=0*F1+1*F2

Laboratory

P PEK_U01,PEK_U02,

PEK_U03PEK_K01,

PEK_K02

Drafting interim papers electronically




PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Przewodnik po sieciach lokalnych, Greg Nunemacher, MIKOM (wydanie dowolne)

[2] LabVIEW w praktyce, Marcin Chruściel, BTC (wydanie dowolne)

[3] Platforma edukacyjna: http://eportal.eny.pwr.wroc.pl

[4] Netografia


[1] Nowoczesne sieci miejskie,J.Jaworski, R.Morawski,J.Olędzki,WNT(wydanie dowolne)

[2] Programowanie w DELPHI, wersja 5.0 lub późniejsze, (wydanie dowolne)

[3] JAVA Kompendium programisty, Helion, (wydanie dowolne)





j.sz.16.02.2013


Jarosław Szymańda, [email protected]


SUBJECT

Teleinformatic networks in the technics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION

Automation and Control in Electrical Power Systems






Subject



number***

PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

S2ASE_A_W03 C1,C2 Lec 1, Lec 2,

Lec 3, Lec 4,

Lec 5, Lec 6,

Lec 7, Lec 8,

Lec 9, Lec10

N1,

N4,N5,

N6,N7,N8

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

S2ASE_A_U03 C1,

C2,C3

Lab1,Lab2,Lab3,

Lab4,Lab5,Lab6

N2,N3,

N4,N5,N6,N7,

N8

PEK_K01

PEK_K02

S2ASE_K01 C3 Lab6 N2,N3,N7,N8




1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Podstawy modelowania systemów

Name in English: Fundamentals of system modelling






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15



30 30


with

grade*

crediting with

grade*


(X) final course




classes

0,75




0,5 0,5




1. Student should have the basic knowledge of fundamentals of the algebra and differential

equations.

2. Student should have the basic knowledge of fundamentals of dynamic systems and statistics.

relating to skills:

1. Student should know how to use MATLAB and SIMULINK for engineering calculation.

2. Student should know how to calculate parameters of the basic dynamic devices.



in a team.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 – To provide knowledge of methods for representation of different dynamic systems.

C2 – Learning how to formulate digital models of dynamic linear and nonlinear systems.

C3 – To provide knowledge of modelling and analysis of dynamic systems in time and frequency

domain.

C4 – Familiarization with principles of preparing of different system characteristics for the system

model description and comparing.

2



PEK_W01 – Student gets the knowledge on description of computer simulation models: deterministic

and probabilistic.

PEK_W02 – Student gets the knowledge regarding application of adequate model for evaluation of the

analysed system.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Student is able to prepare of adequate model to reproduce basic characteristic of the

physical system.

PEK_U02 – Student is able to apply the simulation results for adequate description of the analyed

system.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours


passing and marking the course. Methods and tools for system modelling. 2

Lec 2 Preparation of time-dependent models. Simulation methods. 2

Lec 3 Event dependent models. Queue issue. 2

Lec 4 Deterministic versus stochastic models. 2

Lec 5 Input-output stochastic models. 2

Lec 6 Modelling of nonlinear dynamic systems. 2

Lec 7 Modelling and analysis of the nonlinear oscillations. 2


Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1



course. The lab presentation. Basic models in SIMULINK.

2

Lab2 Modelling of event dependent processes. Queue issue. 2

Lab3 Generation of random series. 2

Lab4 Stochastic process modelling. Data matching model. 2

Lab5 Determination of time-series parameters. 2

Lab6 Modelling of nonlinear dynamic processes. 2

Lab7-8 Representation of complex behaviour of simple systems. Simulation

analysis of the chaotic process. 3

Total hours 15

3


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2 – MATLAB/SIMULINK simulation program.

N3 – Lab reports.


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01,

PEK_W02 Attendance on lectures

F2 PEK_W01,

PEK_W02 Qualified test

P = 0,1F1 + 0,9F2

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02 Activity in the lab work

F2 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02 Lab reports

P = 0,3F1 + 0,7F2

4


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Materials for the cours, available in: http://www.rose.pwr.wroc.pl/

[2] ROSOŁOWSKI E., Komputerowe metody analizy elektromagnetycznych stanów przejściowych.




[1] BIAŁYNICKI-BIRULA I., BIAŁYNICKA-BIRULA I., Modelowanie rzeczywistości.

Wydawnictwo Naukowo-Techniczne WNT, Warszawa, 2007.

[2] Modelowanie rzeczywistości. Materiały do kursu, dostępne:

http://www.neuroinf.pl/Members/danek/swps/

[3] CHATURVEDI D.K., Modeling and simulation of systems using MATLAB and Simulink. CRC

Press, Boca Raton, 2010.

[4] SEVERANCE F.L., System modeling and simulation. An introduction. JOHN WILEY & SONS,

LTD, Chichester 2001.

[5] MORRISON F., Sztuka modelowania układów dynamicznych deterministycznych, chaotycznych,

stochastycznych. WNT, Warszawa, 1996.




Fundamentals of system modelling AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***





PEK_K01 K2AiR_K01, K2AiR_K02 C3, C4 Lab1÷Lab8 N1, N2



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Teoria sterowania

Name in English: Control theory






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30



90

Form of crediting exam


(X) final course




classes




1,2



1. Student should know notations used in control system theory, to know types of control

systems and characteristics of control system elements.

2. Student should have the basic knowledge of control systems.

relating to skills:

1. Student should know how to analyze simple control systems and arrange and rearrange block

diagrams of control systems.


1. Student should have ability to work individually.

2

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 - Skill in stability analysis of linear and nonlinear control systems.

C2 - Skill in designing of control algorithms for models of various type control plants.

C3 - Skill in solving linear-quadratic problems.

C4 - Skill in formulating and solving optimal control problems.



PEK_W01 - Student gets the knowledge of feedforward and feedback control systems design.

PEK_W02 - Student gets the knowledge of optimal control systems design.

PEK_W03 - Student gets the knowledge of probabilistic plant control systems design.

PEK_W04 - Student gets the knowledge of design of artificial intelligence based control systems.


PEK_K01 –Student can act independently working on a complex engineering project.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


Lec 1 Models of continuous system. 1

Models of discrete system. 1

Lec 2 Open-loop control system design methods. 1

Feedback control system design methods. 1

Lec 3 Controllability. Observability. 1

Lyapunov stability. 1

Lec 4 Global stability. 1

Linear-quadratic optimal control problem. 1

Lec 5 Deterministic optimal control. 2

Lec 6 Dynamic programming. 1

Lec 6-

7

Optimal control of continuous systems. Bellman’s equation. 2

Lec 7 Time-optimal control. 1

Lec 8 Estimation of an unknown parameter measured under disturbances. 1

Lec 8-

9

Least squares method. 2

Lec 9-

10 Maximum likelihood method.

2

Lec

10-11

Minimal risk method. 2

Lec11-

12

Extreme control. 2

Lec 12 Feedback based extreme control. 1

Lec 13 No-gradient based extreme control. 1

Gradient based extreme control. 1

Lec 14 Tentative step extreme control. 2

Lec 15 Artificial intelligence and knowledge representation in control systems. 2

Total hours 30

3


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab 1

Lab 2

Lab 3

Total hours

Form of classes - project Number of hours

Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Total hours

Form of classes - seminar Number of hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Sem 3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED



Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04

Exam

4


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bubnicki Z., Teoria i algorytmy sterowania, PWN, Warszawa 2002.

[2] Kaczorek T., Teoria układów regulacji automatycznej, WNT, Warszawa 1977.

[3] Kaczorek T., Teoria sterowania, T.1. Układy liniowe ciągłe i dyskretne, PWN,

Warszawa 1977.

[4] Kaczorek T., Teoria sterowania, T.2. Układy nieliniowe, procesy stochastyczne. oraz

optymalizacja statyczna i dynamiczna, PWN, Warszawa 1981.

[5] Kaczorek T., Teoria sterowania i systemów. wyd.2 popr., PWN, Warszawa 1996.


[1] Philippe de Larminant, Yves Thomas., Automatyka-układy liniowe. T. I, II, III.

[2] Zbiór zadań i problemów z teorii sterowania. pod red. Zdzisława Bubnickiego, Oficyna

Wyd. PWr, Wrocław 1979


Mirosław Łukowicz, [email protected]


Control theory



AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 K2AiR_W02 C2 Lec1 - Lec 3 N1

PEK_W02 K2AiR_W01 C3, C4 Lec 4 - Lec 11 N1

PEK_W03 K2AiR_W03 C2, C3, C4 Lec 3 - Lec 14 N1

PEK_W04 K2AiR_W04 C1, C2 C3 Lec 1 - Lec 15 N1

PEK_K01 K2AiR_K01, K2AiR_K02,

K2AiR_K03, K2AiR_K04 C1, C2, C3, C4 Lec 1 - Lec 15 N1



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Techniki cyfrowe w automatyce elektroenergetycznej

Name in English: Digital techniques in power system control and protection





Subject code ELR022113W+P

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15



30 30


with grade* crediting

with grade*


(X) final course




classes

1




0,6 0,6




1. Student should have the basic knowledge of a power system operation.

2. Student should have the ordered knowledge of digital signal processing.

3. Student should have the ordered knowledge on programming in Matlab.

relating to skills:

1. Student should know how to develop and verify simple programs im Matlab.


1. Student should have ability of thinking and acting in a creative way, and also of working in a

team.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 – To provide knowledge of conditions for application of voltage and current transformers for

supplying digital protection systems and algorithmic compensation of transformation errors of

instrument transformers.

C2 – To provide theoretical and practical knowledge regarding identification of faults, including fault

detection, fault type selection and fault direction discrimination.

C3 – To provide knowledge of modern communications means for power system control.

Familiarization with synchronization of dispersed measurements to be accomplished with use of

the GPS or analytically.

C4 – To provide knowledge of methods of analysing fault identification algorithms and their

implementation.

2



PEK_W01 – Student gets the knowledge regarding transformation of voltages and currents from a

power system to control and protection devices in steady states and in transient

conditions.

PEK_W02 – Student gets the knowledge of digital compensation of instrument transformers.

PEK_W03 – Student gets the knowledge of fault identification, in particular on fault detection, fault

type selection and fault direction discrimination.

PEK_W04 – Student gets the knowledge of principles for digital dispersed measurements, in particular

on communication means and methods of measurements synchronisation.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Student can evaluate and to solve the problems related to supplying digital protection

systems from voltage and current instrument transformers.

PEK_U02 – Student can analyse methods of fault identification under applying local measurements.

PEK_U03 – Student is able to evaluate and to solve fault identification methods under applying

dispersed measurements, with assuring synchronisation of measurements.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 General introduction to the course. Voltage and current instrument

transformers – issues of supplying digital protective systems. 2

Lec 2 Digital compensation of transformation errors of capacitive voltage

transformers. 2

Lec 3 Digital algorithms for detecting current transformer saturation and algorithms

for compensation of transformation errors. 2

Lec 4 Digital algorithms for fault detection, fault type selection and fault direction

discrimination for power lines. 2

Lec 5 Modern communication means for power system control. Synchronisation of

measurements – satellite Global Positioning System (GPS). 2

Lec 6 Synchrophasors – examples of applications in power system control

(protection, fault location). 2

Lec 7 Analitical synchronisation of dispersed measurements in cases of noGPS

availibility. 2


Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours

3


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1



course. Practical familiarization with loading of fault data from ATP-EMTP

simulation into Matlab program including visualisation of the signals.

2

Proj2 Analysis of transformation of signals by instrument voltage and current

transformers. 2

Proj3 Fault detection. 2

Proj4 Fault direction discrimination. 2

Proj5 Fault type classification – part I: digital signal processing of input quantities. 2

Proj6 Fault type classification – part II: determination of criteria quantities and the

classification result. 2

Proj7 Synchronisation of dispersed measurements. 2

Proj8 Project summary. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2 – Matlab project.

N3 – Project report.

4


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)


achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W04 Attendance on lectures

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W04 Qualified test

P = 0,1F1 + 0,9F2

PROJECT

F1 PEK_U01…03 Activity during conducting the projects

F2 PEK_U01…03,

PEK_W01…04 Marking of the projects

P = 0,3F1 + 0,7F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Iżykowski J., Impedancyjne algorytmy lokalizacji zwarć w liniach przesyłowych. Prace

Naukowe Instytutu Energoelektryki Politechniki Wrocławskiej Nr 92, Seria: Monografie – nr

28, Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2001.

[2] Rosołowski E., Cyfrowe przetwarzanie sygnałów w automatyce elektroenergetycznej.

Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, Warszawa 2002.

[3] Rosołowski E., Komputerowe metody analizy elektromagnetycznych stanów przejściowych. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2009.

[4] Szafran J., Wiszniewski A., Algorytmy pomiarowe i decyzyjne cyfrowej automatyki

elektroenergetycznej. WNT, Warszawa, 2001.


[1] Iżykowski J., Fault location on power transmission lines. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki

Wrocławskiej, 2008, p. 221.

[2] Iżykowski J., Power system faults. PRINTPAP, 2011, p. 190.

[3] Saha M., Iżykowski J., Rosołowski E., Fault location on power networks. Springer-Verlag

London, Series: Power Systems, 2010, X, 425 p.


Jan Iżykowski, [email protected]


Digital techniques in power system control and protection



AND SPECIALIZATION: Automation and Control in Electrical Power Systems

Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W04 C1 Lec1 N1

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W04 C1 Lec 2…3 N1

PEK_W03 S2ASE_W04 C2 Lec 4 N1

PEK_W04 S2ASE_W04 C3 Lec 5…7 N1

PEK_U01 S2ASE_U03 C1 Proj1..2 N2, N3

PEK_U02 S2ASE_U03 C2 Proj3…Proj6 N2, N3

PEK_U03 S2ASE_U03 C3 Proj7 N2, N3

PEK_K01 K1AIR_K03, K1AIR_ASE_K01 C4 Lec 1-7

Proj1-7

N1

N2, N3



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Symulacja elektromagnetycznych stanów przejściowych

Name in English: Electromagnetic transients simulation






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15



60 30


with grade*

crediting

with grade*


(X) final course




classes

1




1.2 0.6




1. Student should have the basic knowledge of algebra, calculus and differential equations, including

numerical solution of differential equations.

2. Student should have the basic knowledge of 3-phase circuits and theory of symmetrical

components.

relating to skills:

1. Student should know how to analyse steady states and transients in linear circuits.

2. Student should know how to calculate the network parameters from its nominal parameters.



in a team.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1 – To provide knowledge of methods for simulation of one- and three-phase circuits.

C2 – Learning how to formulate digital models of electrical circuits and to conduct analyses

regarding accuracy, stability and frequency characteristics.

C3 – To provide knowledge of how to utilize the simulation results for measurements and dynamic

analysis.

C4 – Familiarization with principles of simulation of the complex network with electrical and

mechanical elements.

2



PEK_W01 – Student gets the knowledge in the development of computer simulation models for

analysis of dynamic states of the electricity network.

PEK_W02 – Student gets the knowledge in the use of selected computer tools to simulate the basic

electrical and electromechanical processes.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Student is able to develop mathematical models and simulation of fragments of single

and three-phase electricity network.

PEK_U02 – Student is able to apply the results of computer simulation for the analysis of dynamic

states of studied electricity network. relating to social competencies:



PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours


passing and marking the course. Introduction into ATP-EMTP program:

structure of the program and its characteristic, principles of preparing the

RLC model with use of ATPDraw graphical editor, structure of the input

data, auxiliary programs.

2

Lec 2 Digital models of linear elements of lumped parameters, switches and

sources. Errors of digital approximation. 2

Lec 3 Models of circuits with distributed parameters. Bergeron’s method. 2

Lec 4 Digital model of a single-phase line of distributed parameters. 2

Lec 5 Digital model of a single-phase line of distributed parameters: taking into

account a line resistance and dependence of parameters on frequency. 2

Lec 6 Modelling of nonlinear resistance, inductance and capacitance. 2

Lec 7 Modelling of linear network of lumped parameters using state variables

method. 2

Lec 8 3-Phase circuits model. Parameters calculation. 2

Lec 9 3-Phase transformer model: electric and magnetic circuits. 2

Lec 10 Instrument transformers and the relay input circuits modelling. 2

Lec 11 3-Phase line model with distributed parameters. 2

Lec 12 Induction motor modelling. 2

Lec 13 Modelling of Synchronous generator with control system. 2

Lec 14 Modelling of wind-mill turbines. DFIG application. 3


Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours

3


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1



course. General familiarization with the ATPDraw graphical editor of the

ATP-EMTP program.

2

Proj2 Modelling of single-phase circuits composed of RLC elements. 2

Proj3 Modelling of three-phase circuit with power transformer. 2

Proj4 Modelling of electric lines with CTs and VTs. 2

Proj5 Modelling of the measurement systems using module MODELS. 2

Proj6 Simulation of the induction motor. 2

Proj7-8 Simulation of the synchronous generator with the excitation system control. 3

Total hours 15


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2 – ATP-EMTP simulative program.

N3 – Project reports.

4


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01÷

PEK_W02 Attendance on lectures

F2 PEK_W01÷


P = 0,1F1 + 0,9F2

PROJECT

F1 PEK_U01

PEK_U02 Activity in the project work

F2 PEK_U01

PEK_U02 Project reports

P = 0,3F1 + 0,7F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] ROSOŁOWSKI E., Komputerowe metody analizy elektromagnetycznych stanów

przejściowych. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2009.

[2] http://zas.ie.pwr.wroc.pl/ER/przyklady_D1/index.html – examples with completed ATP-EMTP

models.



[2] WATSON N., ARRILAGA J., Power systems electromagnetic transients simulation. The

Institution of Electrical Engineers, 2003.

[3] MICHALIK M., ROSOŁOWSKI E., Simulation and analysis of power system transients.

PRINTPAP, 2011.




Electromagnetic transients simulation AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W06 C1, C2, C3 Lec1-Lec7 N1

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W06 C1, C2, C3 Lec8-Lec15 N1

PEK_U01 S2ASE_U03 C3 Proj1-Proj4 N2, N3

PEK_U02 S2ASE_U04 C3, C4 Proj5-Proj8 N2, N3

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01, S2ASE_K02 C4 Lec1-Lec15

Proj1-Proj8 N1, N2, N3



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Sztuczna inteligencja w automatyce elektroenergetycznej

Name in English: Artificial intelligence in power system protection and control






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15



120 30

Form of crediting Exam crediting

with grade*


(X) final course




classes

1




1,2 0,6



1. Knowledge of basics of power system control, digital signal processing and numerical

methods.

relating to skills:

1. Practical skills of using MATLAB and ATP-EMTP software.


1. Is able to think and act in a creative way.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Mastering artificial intelligence techniques and fundamentals of decision theory as related to

automation and control systems.

C2. Acquiring practical skills to design and analyze control and protection units for power systems,

with application of artificial intelligence techniques.

2



PEK_W01 – Possesses knowledge related to expert systems: basic features, structure, inference

methods, conflict resolution strategies, application fields.

PEK_W02 - Possesses knowledge related to fuzzy logic systems: fuzzy signals, membership functions,

fuzzy settings, fuzzyfication and defuzzyfication methods, realization of multi-criteria

algorithms.

PEK_W03 - Possesses knowledge related to artificial neural networks: features, neurone types,

activation functions, neural network structures, learning methods, application fields.

PEK_W04 - Possesses knowledge related to genetic algorithms: evolutionary strategies, genetic

modifications..

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - Is able to apply expert systems for power system control and protection purposes.

PEK_U02 - Is able to apply fuzzy logic technique for power system control and protection purposes.

PEK_U03 - Is able to apply artificial neural networks for power system control and protection

purposes.

PEK_U04 - Is able to apply genetic algorithms for power system control and protection purposes.


PEK_K01 - Is able to carry out a complex engineering project in a competent way, unaided,

undertaking multi-criterial analysis

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Setting rules of course crediting. Definition of artificial

intelligence (AI), AI as a branch of science, AI techniques in power systems,

statistics of AI application in power system protection and control. 2

Lec 2 AI approach to protection and control tasks – problems of contemporary

digital protection systems, protection relay as a classifying unit, protection

tasks as pattern recognition tasks. 2

Lec 3 Expert Systems (ES) – definitions, knowledge base, data base, inference

mechanisms. 2

Lec 4 ES – semantic rules and structures, acquisition of rules, inference methods,

conflict resolving strategies. 2

Lec 5 Expert Systems – application fields, examples. 2

Lec 6 Fuzzy Logic (FL) – basics of fuzzy sets theory, operations on fuzzy sets,

fuzzy arithmetic.

2

Lec 7 Linguistic variables, operators of aggregation, fuzzy reasoning. 2

Lec 8 Elements of FL in power system protection – fuzzy criteria signals, fuzzy

settings, fuzzy comparison, amount of information, multi-criterial decision

making.

2

Lec 9 Examples of FL technique application in power system protection. 2

Lec 10 Artificial Neural Networks (ANN) – neurone models, activation functions,

multilayer perceptron.

2

Lec 11 ANN architectures:, feed-forward networks, ANNs with feedback

connections, Hopfield networks, Kohonen networks.

2

Lec 12 ANN design problems – network structure selection, generation of training

patterns, training algorithms with and without the teacher, learning process

acceleration techniques, knowledge generalisation vs. overfitting.

2

Lec 13 Examples of ANN application in power system control 2

Lec 14 Genetic algorithms – evolutionary strategies, genetic modification of 2

3

individuals, genetic optimisation, application examples.

Lec 15 Comparison of described AI techniques, hybrid structures, examples. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1-2 Design and optimization of an expert system for chosen decision task 4

Proj3-4 Design and evaluation of the fuzzy logic based measurement/decision unit 4

Proj5-6 Design and evaluation of the neural network based measurement/decision

unit 4

Proj7 Implementation of genetic optimization procedures for selected

measurement/decision task 2

Proj8 Presentation of the projects performed, crediting 1

Total hours 15


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 – Informative lecture

N2 – Matlab and ATP-EMTP programs

N3 – Project presentation

4


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect

number


achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01÷ PEK_W04 Participation in the course

F2 PEK_W01÷ PEK_W04 Final examination

P = 0,1F1 + 0,9F2

PROJECT

F1 PEK_U01÷ PEK_U04 Activity during the classes

F2 PEK_U01÷ PEK_U04 Presentation of completion of the project

P = 0,2F1 + 0,8F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Flasiński M., Wstęp do sztucznej inteligencji, PWN, Warszawa 2011

[2] Rutkowski L., Metody i techniki sztucznej inteligencji, PWN, Warszawa 2009

[3] Rosołowski E.: Cyfrowe przetwarzanie sygnałów w automatyce elektroenergetycznej.

Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza EXIT, Warszawa 2002

[4] Grzech A., Inżynieria wiedzy i systemy ekspertowe, Exit, Warszawa 2009

[5] Markowska-Kaczmar U., Kwaśnicka H., Sieci neuronowe w zastosowaniach, Oficyna Wyd.

PWr, Wrocław 2005


[1] Rebizant W., Szafran J., Wiszniewski A., Digital signal processing in power system protection

and control, Springer, London 2011

[2] Russel S.J., Norvig P., Artificial intelligence: a modern approach, Prentice Hall, Pearson, 2010

[3] James J. Buckley, Esfandiar Eslami, An introduction to fuzzy logic and fuzzy sets, Heidelberg

Physica-Verlag, 2002

[4] Dillon T.S. and Niebur D. (edited by), Neural Network Applications in Power Systems, CRL

Publishing Ltd., London, 1996

[5] Liebowitz J., The Handbook of applied expert systems, Boca Raton, CRC Press, 1998


Waldemar Rebizant, [email protected]


Artificial intelligence in power system protection and control




Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W07 C1 Lec1 ÷ Lec5 N1

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W07 C1 Lec6 ÷ Lec9,

Lec15 N1

PEK_W03 S2ASE_W07 C1 Lec10 ÷ Lec13,

Lec15 N1


PEK_U01 S2ASE_U05 C2 Proj1÷ Proj2,

Proj8 N2, N3

PEK_U02 S2ASE_U05 C2 Proj3 ÷ Proj4,

Proj8 N2, N3

PEK_U03 S2ASE_U05 C2 Proj5 ÷ Proj6,

Proj8 N2, N3

PEK_U04 S2ASE_U05 C2 Proj7 ÷ Proj8 N2, N3

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01, S2ASE_K02 C2 Proj8 N3



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Podstawy cyfrowej automatyki elektroenergetycznej

Name in English: Fundamentals of digital power system protection and control






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 30



90 60

Form of crediting exam crediting with

grade*


(X) final course




classes

2




1,2 1,2




1. Knowledge concerning analysis and synthesis as well dynamic of continuous and discrete,

linear and nonlinear control systems.

2. Fundamental knowledge concerning power system protection and control.

relating to skills:

1. Ability and skill of mathematical and practical analysis and synthesis of continuous and

discrete, linear and nonlinear control systems to obtain required parameters.


1. Is able to think and operate In a creative way.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Adoption of theoretical knowledge concerning digital Power system protection and

control, In particular algorithms of digital filters, measurement of criterion values and

decision making. C2. Development and Progress of practical ability to analysis and design of digital measurement and

decision making systems.

2



PEK_W01 –Has knowledge concerning a structure of digital power system control and protection.

PEK_W02 - Has knowledge concerning processing of analog and digital signals as well as digital IIR

and FIR filters.

PEK_W03 - Has knowledge concerning algorithms of measurement of protection criterion values as

well as deterministic and probabilistic decision making methods and dynamic of these

processes

PEK_W04 - Has knowledge concerning adaptive systems, multicriteria systems and artificial

intelligence application to Power system protection and control.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 –Is able to model and examine the elements of measurement path and A/D processing.

PEK_U02 - Is able to model and examine digital algorithms of measurement of protection criterion

values.

PEK_U03 - Is able to model and make analysis and synthesis of digital IIR and FIR filters.


PEK_K01 – Is able to prepare complex engineer project in a competent way.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Structures of digital power system protection and control.

Development of digital power control systems 2

Lec 2 Mathematical background of digital systems , Fourier series and Fourier

transform. 2

Lec 4 Mathematical background of digital systems continued: Z transform, Digital

Fourier Transform, analog and digital integration. 2

Lec 5 Processing of analogue signals. Voltage and current transformers, Shannon

sampling theorem, analogue antialiasing filters, design of analog filters, A/D

transducers. 2

Lec 6 Classification of digital filters. Design of IIR filters using sampling of

impulse response of analogue origin. 2

Lec 7 IIR digital filters – analysis and synthesis. Design of IIR filters using

sampling of frequency response. 2

Lec 8 FIR digital filters – analysis and synthesis, orthogonal filters. Filter windows. 2

Lec 9 Orthogonal components and the methods of realization: application of: signal

delay, digital filters and correlation. 2

Lec 10 Estimation of signal magnitude: integration, orthogonal components,

correlations and specific algorithm chosen. 2

Lec 11 Digital algorithms of different protection criterion values: power and

impedance components, frequency, etc. 2

Lec 12 Dynamics of measurement, decision making, protection and control. Sources

of estimation errors. 2

Lec 13 Decision making. Deterministic and probabilistic methods. 2

Lec 14 Adaptative systems in power system control and protections . Multicriteria

and integrated systems. 2

3

Lec 15 Fundamentals of artificial intelligence and its application to power system

control. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab 1 Introduction. Regulations In the lab and conditions and regulations to pass. 2

Lab 2 Analog and digital signal processing. Analog antialiasing filters design and

tests, A/D transducers. 2

Lab 3 Analysis, synthesis and tests of IIR filters 2

Lab 4 Analysis, synthesis and tests of FIR filters. Orthogonal filters design. 2

Lab 5 Digital algorithms of magnitude measurements. Matlab application –

performance tests. 2

Lab 6 Magnitude measurements using orthogonal components 2

Lab 7 Digital algorithms of measurements of power . Matlab application –

performance tests. 2

Lab 8 Digital algorithms of measurements of impedance components. Matlab

application – performance tests. 2

Lab 9 Digital algorithms of measurement of frequency. 2

Lab 10 Measurement of symmetrical components. 2

Lab 11 Adaptative algorithms of measurement and decision making 2

Lab 12 Analysis of chosen decision making methods. 2

Lab 13-

14 Chosen problems 4

Lab 15 Reserve 2

Total hours 15


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

4

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. - Lecture

N2. – Matlab program

N3. – Reports from assignments


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect

number


achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01÷ PEK_W04 Taking part In lectures

F2 PEK_W01÷ PEK_W04 Final exam

P = 0,1F1 + 0,9F2

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01÷ PEK_U03 Activity during labs

F2 PEK_U01÷ PEK_U03 Reports for assignments

P = 0,2F1 + 0,8F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Szafran J., Wiszniewski A., „Algorytmy pomiarowe i decyzyjne cyfrowej automatyki

elektroenergetycznej”, WNT, Warszawa 2001

[2] Winkler W., Wiszniewski A, „Automatyka zabezpieczeniowa w systemach

elektroenergetycznych”, WNT, Warszawa 2004

[3] Wiszniewski A., „Algorytmy pomiarów cyfrowych w automatyce elektroenergetycznej”, WNT,

Warszawa 1990



Waldemar Rebizant, [email protected]


Fundamentals of digital power system protection and control




Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W08 C1 Lec 1-2, Lec 15 N1

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W08 C1 Lec 3-8 N1



PEK_U01 S2ASE_U06 C2 Lab 1-15 N2, N3



PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01 C2 Lab 1-14 N3



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Sterowniki mikroprocesorowe w energetyce

Name in English: Microprocessor controllers in electrical power engineering





Subject code: ARR022117W+L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 30



30 60


with

grade

crediting

with grade


(X) final course




classes

2




0.6 1.2



COMPETENCES


1. Basic knowledge of C language: rules of programming, variable types, basic instructions

2. Basic knowledge of A/D and D/A conversion.

relating to skills:

1. Basic practical skills in C programming: creating, edition and compilation the programme


1. Ability of creative thinking and working.

2. Ability of team working.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 – Knowledge of structure, operation and programming rules ARM microprocessor family.

C2 – Knowledge of microprocessor peripheral circuits: digital and analogue inputs/outputs,

timers/counters, alphanumerical displays.

C3 – Practical ability of programming in C language peripheral circuits listed in C2. Especially

practical implementation.

C4 – The practical implementation of selected real time algorithms of power systems protections like:

measuring data collection, amplitude measurement, undervoltage and overcurrent protection,

digital filters of criterial data.

C5 – Ability of practical team working: algorithms creation and programming

2



PEK_W01 – Student has knowledge of architecture, working and peripheral circuits of

microprocessors controllers.

PEK_W02 – Student has knowledge of algorithms development and microprocessor controllers and

their peripheral circuits programming in C language, especially for power system

protection.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Student has the ability to use and programme in C language microprocessor digital inputs

and outputs.

PEK_U02 – Student has the ability to use and programme in C language counting circuits.

PEK_U03 – Student has the ability to use and programme in C language analogue inputs and outputs.

PEK_U04 – Student can independently, based on an existing microprocessor, execute a simple task, or

part of a complex task from basic power system protection.


PEK_K01 – Student can competently cooperate in the group that develops a complex project using

microprocessor controller.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec1

Introduction. Establishing rules for credit. The construction of a typical

microprocessor. Differences in the structure and use: microprocessor -

microcontroller, microprocessor controller - a PLC microcontroller.

Programming languages: assembler, high-level languages (e.g. C), graphic

languages - the advantages and disadvantages. Assembler instruction set

CISC, RISC, THUMB. Dedicated assemblers. Basics of C language

programming for microprocessors. The overall structure of the programme in

C.

2

Lec2 ARM family microcontrollers - general characteristics. Description core

processor architecture, the address space, types of memory, the memory

controller MAM, addressing modes.

2

Lec3-4 Microcontroller power supply. Power saving modes. Universal I / O ports:

management, reading, setting.

Timers and counters. Real-time clock.

3

Lec4 -5

The interrupts system. VIC interrupt controller

A/D and D/A converters.

3

Lec6-7

Measurement data registration. The maximum recording rate, methods of

data collection.

Algorithms for measuring amplitude and frequency.

The algorithm undervoltage and overcurrent protection.

4

Lec8 Digital filter algorithms selected size criterion. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours

3


hours

Lab1 Presentation of the Rules of Procedure Health and Safety Laboratory.

Establish rules for passing. General knowledge of the laboratory stand.

Discussion of the software environment. The rules for creating new

projects. Documentation own programmes.

1

Lab1 Discussion of the structure of the program. Declaration of variables.

Creating first simple programme. Compilation of the program. Getting to

know the simulator: step working, working with traps, preview the

variables in the digital and graphic form, preview the peripherals. Loading

a program into the microprocessor controller.

1

Lab2 The digital outputs handling: port operations, light and acoustic signalling,

alphanumeric displays.

2

Lab3-4 The digital inputs handling: port operations, keyboard, sensors.

Counting circuits: event counters, timers, real-time clock RTC.

4

Lab5 Emergency and accidental event handling: interrupts. 2

Lab6 Management of analogue signals: A/D and D/A converters. 2

Lab7 Measurement data real-time registration. 2

Lab8 The implementation of signal amplitude measurement algorithm. 2

Lab9 The implementation of signal frequency measurement algorithm. 2

Lab10 The implementation of the undervoltage and overcurrent protection

algorithm.

2

Lab11 The implementation of the digital filter algorithms for selected size

criterion.

2

Lab12-15 The implementation of the passing project. 8

Total hours 30


hours

Pr1

Pr2

Pr3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2 – Microprocessor development kit.

N3 – Programming environment for editing, compiling and running programs for microprocessor

controllers.

N4 – The presentation of the passing project.

4


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect

number


achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 attendance on classes

F2 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 assessment of the correctness of the algorithms

used in the implementation of the final project

P = 0,1F1 + 0,9F2

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01 – PEK_U04 activity

F2

PEK_U01 – PEK_U04,

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02

check the quality of the final task

P = 0,3F1 + 0,7F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Bryndza L., LPC2000 Mikrokontrolery z rdzeniem ARM7, BTC, Warszawa 2007.

[2] Stawski E., Mikrokontrolery LPC2000 w przykładach, BTC, Warszawa 2009.

[3] Mikrokontrolery z rdzeniami ARM, Elektronika Praktyczna, wydanie specjalne 1/2006, AVT,

Warszawa 2006

[4] LPC2131/2132/2138 Data Sheet, Philips*

[5] LPC2131/2132/2138 User Manual, Philips*

[6] Opis zestawu uruchomieniowego ZL6ARM firmy BTC, Warszawa, 2007*

* literature available from teacher


[1] Bryndza L., Mikrokontrolery z rdzeniem ARM9 w przykładach”, BTC, Warszawa 2009.

[2] Kernighan B.W., Ritchie D.M., Język ANSI C”, WNT, Warszawa 2007.

[3] Majewski J., Kardach K., Programowanie mikrokontrolerów z serii 8x51 w języku C”, Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2002


Janusz Staszewski, [email protected]


Microprocessor controllers in electrical power engineering




Subject

educational

effect




applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W12 C1, C2 Lec1 ÷ Lec5 N1


PEK_U01 S2ASE_U10 C3 Lab1÷ Lab3 N2, N3, N4

PEK_U02 S2ASE_U10 C3 Lab1, Lab3,

Lab4 N2, N3, N4

PEK_U03 S2ASE_U10 C3 Lab1, Lab5,

Lab6 N2, N3, N4

PEK_U04 S2ASE_U10 C4 Lab1, Lab7÷

Lab15 N2, N3, N4

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01, S2ASE_K02 C5 Lab12 ÷ Lab15 N4



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Sterowniki programowalne w automatyce

Name in English: Programmable controllers in automation





Subject code: ARR022118W+L



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15



30 30


with

grade

crediting

with grade


(X) final course




classes

1




0.6 0.6



COMPETENCES


Basic knowledge of digital circuits and A/D and D/A conversion.

relating to skills:

Basic ability of high level languages programming.


Ability of creative thinking and working. Ability of team working.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 – Knowledge of structure, operation and programming rules Programmable Logic Controllers

(PLC).

C2 – Knowledge of PLC peripheral circuits: input/output ports, keyboard, graphic touchscreen

timers/counters, A/D and D/A converters, real time clock, Pulse Width Modulation (PWM),

Pulse Train Outputs (PTO), PID controllers.

C3 – Practical ability of PLC programming (high level languages FBD or LADDER), especially

practical implementation in automation systems.

C4 – Ability of practical team working: algorithms creation and programming.

2



PEK_W01 - Student has knowledge of architecture, working and peripheral circuits of Programmable

Logic Controllers (PLC) and their peripheral circuits.

PEK_W02 - Student has knowledge of algorithms development and PLC and their peripheral circuits

programming (high level languages FBD or LADDER), especially for automation systems.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - Student has the ability to use and programme (in LADDER or FBD language) PLC digital

inputs and outputs.

PEK_U02 - Student has the ability to use and programme (in LADDER or FBD language) PLC

counting circuits.

PEK_U03- Student has the ability to use and programme (in LADDER or FBD language) PLC

analogue inputs and outputs.

PEK_U04 - Student can independently, based on an existing PLC, execute a simple task, or part of a

complex task from automation systems.


PEK_K01 –Student can competently cooperate in the group that develops a complex project using

PLC.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec1

Introduction. Establishing rules for credit. Description SIEMENS PLC

family The construction of S7-1200 controller. Data types, memory structure,

addressing modes, programming languages.

Boolean operations (digital inputs/outputs). Arithmetic operations.

2

Lec 2 Timers and counters. Real-time clock 2

Lec 3 Interrupts: types, definitions, priorities. 2

Lec 4-6

Analogue inputs and outputs. A/D and D/A converters.

High speed outputs: PTO and PWM.

PID controllers. 5

Lec 6-8

Practical advice on the application of PLC in automation systems for selected

examples:

- sorting system,

- stepper motor control,

- closed-loop control using a PID controller.

4

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours

3


hours

Lab1

Presentation of the Rules of Procedure Health and Safety Laboratory.

Establish rules for passing. General knowledge of the laboratory stand.

Discussion of the software environment. The rules for creating new

projects. Documentation own programs.

Hardware structure creating. Discussion of the structure of programme and

memory. Creating first simple programme. Compilation of the programme.

Loading a programme into the PLC. Running the programme. Preview the

variables, symbolic addressing.

2

Lab2 Digital inputs and outputs handling. Boolean and arithmetic operations. 2

Lab3 Counting circuits: event counters, timers, real-time clock RTC. 2

Lab4

Emergency and accidental event handling: interrupts.

Forming the digital output signal: PTO and PWM.

2

Lab5

Management of analogue signals: A/D and D/A converters.

Graphical touch screen handling.

2

Lab6-8 The implementation of the passing project. 5

Total hours 15


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Informative lecture.

N2 – PLC controllers with graphical touch screen.

N3 - Programming environment for editing, compiling and running programs for PLC.

N4 - The presentation of the passing project.

4


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01,

PEK_W02 attendance on classes

F2

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_U04

assessment of the correctness of the algorithms

used in the implementation of the final project

P = 0,1F1 + 0,9F2

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01…04 activity

F2 PEK_U01…04 check the quality of the final task

P = 0,3F1 + 0,7F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Flaga S., „Programowanie sterowników PLC w języku drabinkowym”, BTC, Warszawa 2010

[2] Legierski T., Kasprzyk J., Wyrwał J., Hajda J.: „Programowanie Sterowników PLC”, Wyd. Prac.

Komp. J. Skalmierskiego, Gliwice, 2008

[3] Kwaśniewski J., Sterowniki PLC w praktyce inżynierskiej, BTC, Warszawa 2008

[4] SIMATIC S7-1200 Programmable controller - User manual, Siemens 2009*

[5] SIMATIC HMI WinCC flexible - User manual, Siemens 2007*

*literature available from teacher


[[1] Łukasik Z., Seta Z., Programowalne sterowniki PLC w systemach sterowania przemysłowego,

Wydawnictwo Politechniki Radomskiej, Radom, 2001

[2] SIMATIC S7-1200 Micro Controller for Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens 2009*

[3] SIMATIC S7-1200 Getting Started”, Siemens 2009*

*literature available from teacher


Janusz Staszewski, [email protected]


Programmable controllers in automation




Subject

educational

effect




applicable)**

Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_B_W04 C1, C2 Lec1 -Lec 6 N1

PEK_W02 S2ASE_B_W04 C1, C2, C3 Lec6 - Lec8 N1

PEK_U01 S2ASE_B_U04 C2, C3 Lab1 - 2, Lab4 N2, N3

PEK_U02 S2ASE_B_U04

C2, C3 Lab1, Lab3 N2, N3

PEK_U03 S2ASE_B_U04

C2, C3 Lab5 N2, N3

PEK_U04 S2ASE_B_U04

C3 Lab5 - 8 N2, N3, N4

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01, S2ASE_K02 C4 Lab6 - 8 N4




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Systemy sterowania i kontroli w elektroenergetyce

Name in English: Electric power system control and operation





Subject code ELR022211W+L

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15



60 30


with grade

crediting with

grade


(X) final course




classes

0,7




1,2 0,7




1. Knows principles of operation of electric power system as well as technologies of electrical

energy generation, transmission and distribution

2. Understands role and purpose of power system protection.

relating to skills:

1. Is able to work on MATLAB Simulink package.


1. Is able to work in team as well as independently

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquaintance with power system automation and control units

C2. Acquaintance with data types gathered on each stage of power system structure

C3. Acquaintance with methods of realization of swing prevention automation in power system

C4. Acquaintance with functions of dispatcher systems applied on different levels of management of

Polish Power System

C5. Gaining practical skills for conducting computer simulation of transients in power system



PEK_W01 – Has knowledge about the kind of automatics used in power system

PEK_W02 – Has knowledge about data transmission techniques used in power system

PEK_W03 – Has knowledge about data gathering, coding and transmission techniques

PEK_W04 – Understands the needs and knows realization manners of swing prevention automation in

power system

PEK_W05 – Has knowledge about dispatcher systems applied on different levels of management of

Polish Power System

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Is able to prepare data and use it with MATLAB Simulink model and conduct

simulations of transients in power system.


PEK_K01 – Is conscious about responsibility for his work and ready to work in team

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec1 Electrical power system as object for monitoring and control. 2

Lec2 Classification of automatics and control systems applied in power system. 2

Lec3 Data gathering and transmission. Tele-control and telemetry systems. 2

Lec4 Synchro-phasors. Wide-area measurement systems in power system. 2

Lec5 SCADA/EMS in power system. 2

Lec6 Preventive automatics in power system: Load-Frequency-Shedding and

Undervoltage-Load-Shedding. 2

Lec7 Wide-area protection with anti-swings functions. 2

Lec8 Load and generation control. 2

Lec9 Monitoring and control of distribution system 2

Lec10 Structure and functions of monitoring system of Polish Power System. 2

Lec11 Power system and power plant operators cooperation system 2

Lec12 Monitoring and control system for 110kV substation. 2

Lec13 Monitoring and control system in the Area Power Dispatching 2

Lec14 Monitoring and control system in the Country Power Dispatching 2

Lec15 Assessment test. 2

Total Hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1 Presentation of safety regulations and internal regulations of laboratory.

Assessment rules. Overview of laboratory stations. 3

Lab2 Simulation of impact of turbine fast valving (FV) on damping of generator

rotor swings 3

Lab3 Simulation of turbine fast valving (FV) influence on operation of distance 3

protection

Lab4 Simulation of generator excitation forcing on damping of rotor swings 3

Lab5 Simulation of D-STATCOM automatic operation in power distribution

system 3

Total hours 15


hours

Pr1

Pr2

Pr3

Total hours


hours

Se1

Se2

Se3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Problem lecture

N2. Lecture with use of multimedia techniques.

N3. Laboratory with measurements traditionally arranged, work in groups

N4. Oral assessment

N5. Report arrangement from tests and simulations


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)


achievement

LECTURE

P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04,

PEK_W05.

Oral and writing test

LABOLATORY

F1 PEK_U01 Assessment of preparation quality for

laboratory

F2 PEK_U01 Activity during laboratory

F3 PEK_U01 Assessment of prepared laboratory reports

P = 0,4F1+ 0,3F2 + 0,3F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Machowski J., Regulacja i stabilność systemu elektroenergetycznego. Oficyna Wydawnicza

Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 2007.

[2] Kowalik R., Pawlicki C.: Podstawy teletechniki dla elektryków. Oficyna Wydawnicza

Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 2006


[1] Instrukcja ruchu i eksploatacji sieci przesyłowej (IRiESP), PSE-Operator SA. Internet.


Wilhelm Rojewski, [email protected]


Electric power system control and operation




Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W01 C1 Lec1, Lec2 N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W01 C2 Lec3 – Lec5 N1, N2



PEK_W05 S2ASE_W01, S2ASE_W05 C4 Lec9 – Lec14 N1, N2

PEK_U01 S2ASE_U01 C5 Lab1 – Lab5 N3 – N5

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K02 C1 –C5 Lec1 – Lec15

Lab1 – Lab5 N1 – N5




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Automatyka elektroenergetyczna

Name in English: Power System Protection






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15



60 30

Form of crediting Exam crediting with

grade


(X) final course




classes




1,3 0,7




1. Has properly founded and structured knowledge needed to understand the purposes and

targets of modern power system protection.

2. Has basic knowledge about operation criteria and application techniques of protection of

main power system elements.

relating to skills:

1. Is able to correctly conduct testing of digital as well as analog relay protection units.


1. Is able to work in team and understand need to constant knowledge expansion.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquaintance with modern solutions for power system protection

C2. To gain practical knowledge and skills for selection of proper relaying criteria for machinery and

electrical networks

C3. To gain practical skills to apply modern methods, techniques and measuring tools for individual

relays and sets of protection testing

C4. To gain practical skills needed for connecting secondary circuits of relay protection, conducting

testing and preparing reports

C5. To know and understand principles and methods for protection criteria quantities calculation



PEK_W01 – Has consolidated and well founded theoretical knowledge necessary to understand

purposes and target of modern regenerative and preventive power system protection

PEK_W02 – Has consolidated and well founded theoretical knowledge necessary to select criterion for

regenerative and preventive power system protection.

PEK_W03 – Understands rules for selection proper solutions of regenerative and preventive power

system protection

PEK_W04 – Understands rules and methodology of criteria quantities calculation for power system

protection

PEK_W05 – Understands rules and methodology verification of operation of power system protection

reacting on phase-to-phase faults

PEK_W06 – Understands rules and methodology verification of operation of power system protection

reacting on phase-to-earth faults in MV networks.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Is able to use equipment for testing of relay protections

PEK_U02 – Is able to connect secondary current and voltage circuits of relay protections to MV line

model

PEK_U03 – Is able to select proper sets of relays for MV and HV lines

PEK_U04 – Is able to measure characteristics of protection relays


PEK_K01 – Is conscious about responsibility for his own work and is willing to acknowledge

teamwork rules.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Overview of lecture, requirements, literature and assessment methods. Basic

characteristics, classification and role of power system preventive and

regenerative protection 2

Lec 2 Overview on electromechanical transients in consumer network under

automatic overswitching of feeding system and overview on requirements for

switching automatic units

2

Lec 3 Acquaintance with rules for solutions and setting up of automatic

overswitching of feeding system

2

Lec 4 Characterization of nature of transient faults. Explanation relations between

no current break and no voltage break. Auto reclosing versus power system

stability.

2

Lec 5 Overview on requirements for auto reclosing automatics. Operation criteria

and rules of setting

2

Lec 6 Characterization of phenomena occurring in power electric system after

disturbing active power balance.

2

Lec 7 Criterion for solution, setting and operation of Underfrequency Load

Shedding and splitting automatics.

2

Lec 8 Characterization of modern testing methods of power system protection 2

Lec 9 Rules for criteria quantities calculation for power system protection 2

Lec 10 Methodology of relays settings calculation for protection of synchronous

generators.

2

Lec 11 Methodology of relays settings calculation for protection of power

transformers

2

Lec 12 Methodology of relays settings calculation for protection of HV lines 2

Lec 13 Methodology of relays settings calculation for protection of high voltage 2

motors

Lec 14-

15 Methodology of relays settings calculation for ground-fault protection of MV

distribution networks

4

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1 Presentation of safety regulations and regulations of laboratory.

Assessment rules. Overview of laboratory stations. 3

Lab2 Test of distance relays 3

Lab3 Test of automatic overswitching of feeding system 3

Lab4 Test of auto-reclosing units 3

Lab5 Test of synchronous generator protections 3

Total hours 15


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Problem lecture

N2. Lecture with use of multimedia techniques.

N3. Laboratory with measurements traditionally arranged


N5. Preparation of tests and measurements report


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


LECTURE

P PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W06 Written exam

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U02 ÷ PEK_U04 Report and preparation for laboratory assessment

F2

PEK_U01÷ PEK_U04 Activity during laboratory

F3 PEK_U04 Assessment of laboratory reports

P = 0,4F1 + 0,3F2 + 0,3F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Synal B. i inni, Elektroenergetyczna automatyka zabezpieczeniowa – podstawy, Wyd. II,



elektroenergetycznych, WNT, Warszawa 2004

[3] Żydanowicz J., Elektroenergetyczna automatyka zabezpieczeniowa: Cz. 1. Podstawy

zabezpieczeń elektroenergetycznych, WNT, Warszawa 1979; Cz.. 2. Automatyka eliminacyjna,

WNT, Warszawa 1985; Cz. 3. Automatyka prewencyjna i restytucyjna, WNT, Warszawa 1987.

[4] Praca zbiorowa por red. B. Synala, Automatyka Elektroenergetyczna, ćwiczenia laboratoryjne

cz.I : Przetworniki sygnałów pomiarowych i przekaźniki automatyki zabezpieczeniowej, cz.II :

Układy automatyki zabezpieczeniowej i regulacyjnej, Skrypt Politechniki Wrocławskiej,

Wrocław 1991

[5] Kacejko P., Machowski J.: Zwarcia w systemach elektroenergetycznych, WNT, Warszawa

2002.

[6] PN-EN 60909-0 Prądy zwarciowe w sieciach trójfazowych prądu przemiennego- Część 0:

Obliczanie prądów.


[1] Wróblewski J., Zespoły elektroenergetycznej automatyki zabezpieczeniowej: zasady budowy,

WNT, Warszawa, 1993

[2] Wiszniewski A., Algorytmy pomiarów cyfrowych w automatyce elektroenergetycznej, WNT,

Warszawa 1990


Wilhelm Rojewski, [email protected]


Power System Protection AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_A_W01 C1, C2 Lec1 N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_A_W01 C1, C2 Lec2 –Lec8 N1, N2

PEK_W03 S2ASE_A_W01 C2, C3 Lec2 –Lec8 N1, N2

PEK_W04 S2ASE_A_W01 C5 Lec9 N1, N2

PEK_W05 S2ASE_A_W01 C6 Lec10 – Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_W06 S2ASE_A_W01 C6 Lec10 – Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_U01 S2ASE_A_U01 C3, C4 Lab2 – Lab5 N3, N4, N5




PEK_K01 S2ASE_K02 C3, C4 Lec1 – Lec15

Lab2 – Lab5 N1 – N5




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Technika światłowodowa

Name in English: Fiber Optics






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30



30


with grade


(X) final course




classes




1




1. Has basic knowledge of optics needed to understand optoelectronic phenomenon and fiber guide

communication

2. Has basic knowledge of optoelectronics.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Acquaintance with rules for exploitation of light guiding elements and their exploitation

standards

C2. Acquaintance with functions and methods of realization optoelectronic units for light

guiding purposes

C3. Explanation notions related to optical wave guides, reasons of disturbances appearance

and methods of prevention

C4. To gain practical skills needed for connecting optoelectronic elements, conducting

investigations and researching circuits



PEK_W01 – Has knowledge about optical phenomenon and optical elements

PEK_W02 – Understands and is able to describe operation principles of emission, transmission and

detection units dedicated for optical transmission

PEK_W03 – Understands and is able to describe active and passive auxiliary elements in wave guiding

PEK_W04 – Understands and is able to describe methods of various optical network configurations

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Aquitaince with the subject, its program and the requirements of completion. 1

Lec 2 Principles of wave theory of light propagation. 2

Lec 3 Dielectric light guides, properties, basic parameters, fabrication. 2

Lec 4 Problems of effective propagation of the light wave in fiber guides. 2

Lec 5 Mechanisms of power losses in fiber guides: dispersion, refraction. 2

Lec 6 Photoemission components and systems used in fiber optic technology. 2

Lec 7 Photodetection components and systems used in fiber optic technology. 2

Lec 8 Auxiliary, passive elements in fiber-optics networks and systems. 2

Lec 9 Splices and optical connectors. 2

Lec 10 Expanding optical system capacity by multiplexing. 2

Lec 11 Digital and analog modulation of optical signals. 2

Lec 12 Properties, classifications and operational parameters of the fiber guides. 2

Lec 13 Practical realization and ways to configure transmission systems. 2

Lec 14 Optical phenomena employed in fiber sensors. 2

Lec 15 Summarizing and assesment 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Problem lecture

N2. Lecture with use of multimedia techniques



Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04,

Evaluation test, oral or writing form


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Palais J. C.; Zarys telekomunikacji światłowodowej, WKŁ, Warszawa, 1991.

[2] Midwinter J. E., Guo Y. L.; Optoelektronika i technika światłowodowa, WKŁ, Warszawa,1995.

[3] Chai Yeh, Hanbook of Fiber Optics – Theory and Applications, Academic Press. Inc, London,

1990.

[4] Hornet J.L., Optical Signal Processing, Academic Press, Inc. London, 1990.


elektroenergetycznych, WNT, Warszawa, 2004.


[1] Smoliński A.; Optoelektronika światłowodowa, WKŁ, Warszawa, 1985.

[2] Gagliardi R.M., Karp S., Optical Communications, Willey-int.Pub.

[3] CIGRE Working Group 35.04, optical Cable Selection fo Electricity Utilities, Febr. 2001

[4] Handbook of Optics Volume I-V, Mc Graw Hill Companies Inc.,Third Edition USA 2010.


Grzegorz Wiśniewski, [email protected]


Fiber Optics AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W02 C1,C3,C4 Lec1 – Lec3 N1,N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W02 C1,C3 Lec3 – Lec8 N1,N2

PEK_W03 S2ASE_W02 C2,C3,C4 Lec6 – Lec9 N1,N2

PEK_W04 S2ASE_W02 C2,C3,C4 Lec10 – Lec15 N1,N2, N3



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Urządzenia i standardy sterowania instalacjami elektrycznymi

Name in English: Devices and control standards of electrical installations




Kind of subject: Obligatory

Subject code ARR022311W+C

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 30



120 60


with grade


(X) final course




classes

2




1,1 1,1




1. Has a knowledge in the field of the fundamentals of electrotechnics.

2. Has a basic knowledge in the field of the theory of electric circuits.

3. Has a basic knowledge in the field of apparatus, devices and electrical installations.

relating to skills:

1. Can correctly and effectively apply a knowledge of linear algebra and analytical

geometry to qualitative and quantitative analysis of mathematical issues connected

with studied engineering branch.

2. Can apply a mathematical apparatus to analysis of linear electric circuits with

sinusoidal AC force.

3. Can apply a mathematical apparatus to analysis of temporary states in linear electrical

circuits. relating to social competences:

1. Understands a need and knows possibilities of continuous education, increasing of

professional, personal and social competences.

2. Has awareness of responsibility for own work.

2

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Getting to know principles of planning and designing of low voltage electrical installations in

a building.

C2. Possession a knowledge of elements of low voltage electrical installation, their selection and

way of calculation of their parameters.

C3. Possession a knowledge from range of electric energy quality in low voltage installation.

C4. Getting to know control systems of receivers.

C5. Acquisition of abilities to design low voltage electrical installation in a building.

C6. Acquisition of abilities to design control and protection systems of receivers.



PEK_W01 – Knows principles of planning and designing of low voltage electrical installations.

PEK_W02 – Knows legal regulations concerned planning and designing of low voltage electrical

installations.

PEK_W03 – Knows elements of low voltage electrical installations.

PEK_W04 – Possesses a knowledge in range of selection of low voltage electrical installations and

calculation of their parameters.

PEK_W05 – Possesses a knowledge in range of energy quality in low voltage electrical installations.

PEK_W06 – Knows control systems of receivers.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Can design low voltage electrical installation in a building.

PEK_U02 – Can select and dimension elements of low voltage electrical installation.

PEK_U03 – Can select and dimension protection for low voltage electrical installation in a building.

PEK_U04 – Can design control and protection systems of receivers.


PEK_K01 – Has awareness of responsibility for own work and readiness to conform to principles of a

team work and be held responsible for the effects of the team work.

PEK_K02 – Understands legal aspects and results of engineering activity.

PEK_K03 – Can think and act in creative and enterprising way. He/she is able to rank appropriately

the priorities needed for realizing the respective task.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Basic legal regulations concerned planning and designing of electrical

installations in buildings. 2

Lec 2 Supply systems for low voltage customers. 2

Lec 3 Calculation of three-phase and one-phase short circuit currents in electrical

installations. 2

Lec 4 Power demand and peak power in received installations. 2

Lec 5 Elements of installation in building. Planning of electrical installation in

blocks of flats and general building industry. 2

Lec 6 Cables applied in electrical installations. 2

Lec 7 Low voltage switching apparatus. 2

Lec 8 Low voltage switchgears. 2

Lec 9

Overcurrent protection of receivers and cables in electrical installations and

principles of its selection. Selectivity of overcurrent protection operation in

electrical installations.

2

Lec 10 Over-voltage protection in electrical installations. 2

3

Lec 11 Earthing systems, principles of their selection and calculation. 2

Lec 12 Dimension and selection of electrical installation elements. 2

Lec 13 Energy quality in electrical installations. 2

Lec 14 Relay and digital control systems. 2

Lec 15 Control systems of receivers in electrical installations. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1-2 Calculation of three-phase and one-phase short circuit currents in electrical

installations. 4

Cl 3 Planning of electrical installation elements. 2

Cl 4-5 Selection of overcurrent protection for receivers. 3

Cl 5-6 Overcurrent protection of cables in electrical installations. 3

Cl 7-8 Dimensioning of electrical wiring. 3

Cl 8-9 Selectivity of overcurrent protection operation in received installations. 2

Cl 9-10 Planning and selection of switchgear, main and aditional equalizer

connections and building earthing. 3

Cl 11-

12

Solutions of example project tasks concerned dimensioning of electrical

installation elements. 4

Cl 13-

14

Examples of solutions of control and protection systems in relay technique.

4

Cl 15 Test 2

Total hours 30


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Lecture with the use of audiovisual techniques, multimedia presentations.

N2 – Calculation exercises.

N3 – Problem exercises.

4


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


LECTURE

P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04,

PEK_W05,

PEK_W06.

Exam in written form

CLASSES

F1

PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

PEK_U04.

Activity on classes

F2

PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,

PEK_U04.

Test

P = 0.2F1 + 0.8F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Dołęga W. Kobusiński M., Projektowanie instalacji elektrycznych w obiektach przemysłowych.

Zagadnienia wybrane. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław 2009.


[3] Praca zbiorowa, Poradnik inżyniera elektryka. Tom 3. Warszawa WNT 2005.


[1] PN-IEC 60364 Instalacje elektryczne w obiektach budowlanych.

[2] Markiewicz H., Bezpieczeństwo w elektroenergetyce, WNT, Warszawa 1999.

[3] Markiewicz H., Urządzenia elektroenergetyczne, WNT, Warszawa 2009.


Waldemar Dołęga, [email protected]


Devices and control standards of electrical installations




Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W09 C1 Lec 1, Lec 2,

Lec 4, Lec 5 N1


PEK_W03 S2ASE_W09 C2 Lec 5-8, Lec 11 N1

PEK_W04 S2ASE_W09 C2 Lec 3,

Lec 9-12 N1


PEK_W06 S2ASE_W09 C4 Lec 14, Lec 15 N1

PEK_U01 S2ASE_U07 C5 Cl 3,Cl 9-12 N2,N3

PEK_U02 S2ASE_U07 C5 Cl 7-12 N2,N3

PEK_U03 S2ASE_U07 C5

Cl 1, Cl 2,

Cl 4-6, Cl 8,

Cl 9, Cl 11,

Cl 12

N2,N3

PEK_U04 S2ASE_U07 C6 Cl 13, Cl 14 N2,N3

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K02 C1, C2, C5,

C6

Lec 1, Lec 5,

Lec 12, Cl 3-6,

Cl 9, Cl 10

N1, N2, N3

PEK_K02

S2ASE_K01 C1, C2, C5

Lec 1, Lec 5,

Lec 12, Cl 3-6,

Cl 9, Cl 10

N1, N2, N3

PEK_K03 S2ASE_K01 C1, C2, C5,

C6

Lec 5, Lec 12,

Cl 3, Cl 9-14 N1, N2, N3



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Automatyka inteligentnego budynku

Name in English: Intelligent building automation





Subject code ARR022312W+P+L

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15 15 15



30 30 30


grade

Crediting with

grade

Crediting with

grade


(X) final course

Number of ECTS points 1 1 1



classes

0,5 1




0,7 0,6 0,7



1. He has a basic knowledge concerning the topology and elements of receiving electrical

installations.

2. He has a basic knowledge concerning issues of protection from overcurrent and

overvoltage in low voltage electrical installations.

3. He has orderly knowledge in the field of construction, application and parameters of

electrical connectors and power protection devices used in electrical installations of

municipal buildings.

relating to skills:

1. He can select the low voltage electrical installations elements and calculate their

parameters.

2. He is able to prepare the equivalent diagram of electric circuit and carry out the

calculations of short-circuit currents (three-phase and single-phase short-circuit).

3. He is able to perform technical drawings in the form of a sketch and also with use of

graphical software programs.

4. He knows how to use basic computer hardware and software.

5. He can obtain information from literature, databases, and other sources.


1. He understands the need of continuous education and knows possibilities of improving

professional, personal and social competencies.

2. He has an awareness of the responsibility for own work and a readiness to comply with the

rules of teamwork and shared responsibility for performed jointly tasks.

2

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Understanding what idea of the intelligent building, building system technology and idea of the

intelligent installation consist in.

C2. Awareness of the possibilities of applying the methods and techniques well-known in physics,

electrical engineering and digital communication to management and operation of intelligent


C3. Acquiring knowledge in the field of topology, physical and logical structure of chosen solutions

of intelligent installation systems and getting to know of basic tool software used for system

configuration.

C4. Developing the practical ability of using devices applied in intelligent installations.

C5. Acquiring and grounding the ability of the safe work by electrical equipment constituting

elements of an intelligent installation.

C6. Acquiring practical abilities of planning and launching simple arrangements of intelligent

installations in chosen building automation systems with using products of various

manufacturers.

C7. Getting to know basic regulations, documents and technical standards concerning the electrical

installations design and bases of the methodology of planning the traditional and intelligent


C8. Getting to know criteria and principles of design of electrical installations in municipal buildings

(including procedures for determining power requirements and the selection of protective

devices).

C9. Getting to know criteria and principles of intelligent installations design on the example of

chosen building automation systems.

C10. Acquiring basic knowledge and the ability in the field of development of technical project

documentation in the intelligent electrical installations section.

C11. Acquiring and strengthening social competencies concerning the ability of cooperating in the

team, simultaneously self-dependence, responsibility and reliability in the proceedings,

awareness of effects of engineering actions taken.



PEK_W01 – He knows the fundamental assumptions of the intelligent building, the building system

technology and the intelligent installation.

PEK_W02 – He has basic knowledge concerning systems of intelligent installations applied in practice,

knows their basic advantages and disadvantages, is able to compare them objectively.

PEK_W03 – He has a detailed and verified practically knowledge in the field of the construction and

operation of chosen intelligent installation systems.

PEK_W04 – He has knowledge about the catalogue base of the equipment used in traditional and

intelligent electrical installations.

PEK_W05 – He has knowledge of the requirements of basic regulations, documents and technical

standards concerning the electrical installations in municipal buildings.

PEK_W06 – He knows the methodology of design of traditional and intelligent electrical installations.

PEK_W07 – He knows the basic principles for the development of technical project documentation in

the intelligent electrical installations section.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – He is able to create intelligent installation design in the chosen building automation

system. He can program, put into operation, test the installation and make changes in the

operation of the arrangement.

PEK_U02 – He can design and select the elements of a traditional electrical installation in municipal

buildings.

PEK_U03 – He can design and select the elements of an intelligent installation in chosen buildings

automation systems.

3

PEK_U04 – He is able to develop design documentation in the traditional and intelligent electrical

installation section.


PEK_K01 – He is able to collaborate with the team on the accomplishment of assumed tasks

PEK_K02 – He is able to think and act in a creative and enterprising way.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Preliminary information about the intelligent building, building management

system (BMS) and the localization of the intelligent installation. Relay

systems of intelligent installations (systems: Si, Luxor).

2

Lec 2 Digital control systems of intelligent installations. The bus system, methods

of coding data and signal transmission. 2

Lec 3 General characteristics of the KNX system. Topology of the KNX system.

Division and construction of bus devices and system components. The

physical address of bus devices.

2

Lec 4 The structure of the telegram and the method of coding data in the KNX

system. 2

Lec 5

The logical structure of the KNX system and group addresses. Assign

communications objects into the addressing groups. The ETS tool software

(the overall structure, assuming the project and planning the control

functions, program communication with system components and bus devices,

putting into operation the installation).

2

Lec 6 The LCN system. The internal structure of the module, the module designs,

system topology. The LCN-PRO tool software. An example illustrating the

use of LCN system.

2

Lec 7 Intelligent wireless systems (xComfort, Fibaro). 2

Lec 8 Final colloquium. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab 1

Presentation of the rules of Procedure Health and Safety (PHS) and

discussing internal regulations of laboratory. Establishing the rules of

complete the course. Presentation of laboratory stands.

2

Lab 2 – Lab 3 Installation in the KNX system. 4

Lab 4 – Lab 5 Installation in the LCN system. 4

Lab 6 Installation in the WAGO system. 2

Lab 7 Additional term (possibility to make up for the lost lab classes). 2

Lab 8 Final classes – crediting 1

Total hours 15

4


hours

Proj 1

Introduction to the course. Presentation of crediting conditions.

Distribution of project tasks. Discussion of the range of the basic

regulations and standards for the design of electrical installations and

intelligent installations in municipal buildings.

2

Proj 2 Principles of planning the electrical installations and determining of

electric power requirements in residential buildings. 2

Proj 3 – Proj 4

Guidelines concerning sizing and equipping the electrical installations

in residential buildings. Selection of cables, wires and protection

devices in the distribution network and in chosen electrical installation

circuits.

4

Proj 5 Principles of planning the intelligent electrical installations on the


Proj 6 – Proj 7


Devices selection and planning of the various control functions on the


Proj 8 The content and rules for the preparation of technical project

documentation for the intelligent electrical installations. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Sem 3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Information lecture with audio-visual techniques.

N2. A multimedia presentation.

N3. Discussion.

N4. Software tools to design and programming the intelligent installations.

N5. Laboratory exercises conducted in groups of students.

N6. Personal consultations.

N7. Develop the reports of performed exercises.

N8. Own work.


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


LECTURE

P PEK_W01, PEK_W02 Colloquium

5

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_W03, PEK_W04 Oral questions or pre-test

(preparation for classes)

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_K01 Activity on classes

F3 PEK_W03, PEK_U01 Report from laboratory exercises

P = 0,6F1 + 0,2F2 + 0,2F3

PROJECT

F1 PEK_U02, PEK_U03 Discussion

F2

PEK_W04, PEK_W05,

PEK_W07,

PEK_U02 ÷ PEK_U04,

Evaluation of the project preparation

F3 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W07,

PEK_K02 Project defence

P = 0,1F1 + 0,4F2 + 0,5F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Markiewicz H., Instalacje elektryczne, Wyd. 8, WNT, Warszawa 2012;

[2] PN-EN 50090 Domowe i budynkowe systemy elektroniczne (HBES);


[1] Ustawa z dnia 7 lipca 1994 – Prawo budowlane (tekst jednolity: Dz. U. z 2006r. Nr 156,

poz. 1118) z późn. zm. z dnia 10 maja 2007 r. (Dz. U. Nr 99, poz. 665), 19 września 2007 r.

(Dz. U. Nr 191 poz.1373), 8 października 2008 r. (Dz. U. Nr 206, poz. 1287), 26 czerwca

2008 r. (Dz. U. Nr 145, poz. 914) oraz z dnia 6 maja 2010 r.(Dz. U. Nr 121, poz. 809);

(http://www.isip.sejm.gov.pl/prawo/index.html);

[2] Rozporządzenie Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 12 kwietnia 2002 r. w sprawie warunków

technicznych jakim powinny odpowiadać budynki i ich usytuowanie. (Dz. U. Nr 75, poz. 690)

z późn. zm. z dnia 13 lutego 2003 r. (Dz. U. Nr 33, poz. 270) z dnia 7 kwietnia 2004 r.

(Dz. U Nr 109, poz. 1156), z dnia 6 listopada 2008 r. (Dz. U. Nr 201, poz. 1238) oraz z dnia

12 marca 2009 r. (Dz. U. Nr 56, poz. 461); (http://www.isip.sejm.gov.pl/prawo/index.html);

[3] PN-IEC 60364 Instalacje elektryczne w obiektach budowlanych oraz inne przedmiotowe

Polskie Normy;

[4] Klajn A., Bielówka M., Instalacja elektryczna w systemie KNX/EIB, Informacje o Normach

i Przepisach Elektrycznych – Miesięcznik Stowarzyszenia Elektryków Polskich, Podręcznik dla

Elektryków – Zeszyt 10, Warszawa 2006;

[5] Witryna dydaktyczna Zakładu Urządzeń Elektroenergetycznych Instytutu Energoelektryki

Politechniki Wrocławskiej: http://www.zue.pwr.wroc.pl/dydaktyka

[6] http://www.knx.org/pl/

[7] http://www.lcn.pl

[8] http://www.automatykabudynku.pl


Antoni Klajn, [email protected]


Intelligent building automation




Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W11 C1 Lec 1 N1, N2, N6

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W11 C2, C3, C5 Lec 2 ÷ Lec 8 N1, N2, N6

PEK_W03 S2ASE_W11 C3 Lab 2 ÷ Lab 7 N1, N2, N6, N8

PEK_W04 S2ASE_W09, S2ASE_W11 C5

Lab 2 ÷ Lab 7

Proj 3 ÷ Proj 4,

Proj 6 ÷ Proj 7

N3, N4

PEK_W05 S2ASE_W09 C7 Proj 1 ÷ Proj 2 N2, N3, N6

PEK_W06 S2ASE_W09, S2ASE_W11 C8, C9 Proj 2 ÷ Proj 7 N2, N3, N6, N8

PEK_W07 S2ASE_W11 C10 Proj 8 N2, N3

PEK_U01 S2ASE_U09 C4 – C6 Lab 2 ÷ Lab 7 N3 ÷ N7

PEK_U02 S2ASE_U07 C8 Proj 2 ÷ Proj 4 N2, N3, N8

PEK_U03 S2ASE_U09 C9 Proj 5 ÷ Proj 7 N2, N3, N8

PEK_U04 S2ASE_U07, S2ASE_U09 C10 Proj 8 N2, N3, N8

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K02 C11 Lab 2 ÷ Lab 7 N5

PEK_K02 S2ASE_K01 C11 Lab 2 ÷ Lab 7

Proj 2 ÷ Proj 8 N1 ÷ N8



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Metody optymalizacji w elektroenergetyce przemysłowej

Name in English: Optimization methods in electric power industry






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30



60

Form of crediting credit with a

grade


(X) final course




classes




1,2




1. He has ordered knowledge of the network topology distribution and receiving electrical

network and environmental conditions of the installation.

2. He has expertise in the construction, use and performance, and security of power

connectors used in electrical installations.

3. He has knowledge in the field of technical standards and regulations in energetic.


1. It has a sense of responsibility for their own work.

2. Understands the need for further education.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Understanding the fundamentals of design methodology.

C2. Acquisition of basic knowledge about the strategies and structures design

C3. Understanding the structure of the design process in the power sector.

C4. Gain basic knowledge on the use of CAD software to design electrical power.

C5. Gain basic knowledge on the use of fuzzy sets and numbers to describe uncertain design data.

C6. Gain basic knowledge on range of optimization and polyoptimization.

C7. Knowledge of methods of multi-criteria optimization and unification.

2



PEK_W01 – He has expertise in strategy and structure design.

PEK_W02 – He knows the structure of the design process in the power sector.

PEK_W03 – He knows the possibilities of using computer systems design.

PEK_W04 – He has knowledge about the use of fuzzy sets and numbers to describe uncertain data

PEK_W05 – He has knowledge in range of optimization and polyoptimization.

PEK_W06 – He has knowledge on the use of multi-criteria optimization in the design process in the

power sector.

PEK_W07 – He has knowledge of the unification method and its use in the design of electrical power.


PEK_K01 – He understands the need for self-study, including the ability to develop self-esteem and

self-control and responsibility for the results of actions taken.

PEK_K02 – It has a sense of responsibility for their own work.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Familiar with the subject, program requirements and how to pass. Basic

definitions of the scope of the design methodology. 2

Lec 2 The overall structure of the design process and the method of rationalization. 2

Lec 3 Characteristics of the system of design, modeling examples. 2

Lec 4 Strategies to design a model of the design process. 2

Lec 5 The structure of the design process in the power sector. 2

Lec 6 Analysis and synthesis of the design problem 2

Lec 7 Information technology in the design of energy 2

Lec 8 The rules for creating application software. 2

Lec 9 The organization of information in a computer-aided design systems -

databases (database types, advantages and disadvantages). 2

Lec 10 The use of fuzzy sets and fuzzy numbers to description of the data uncertain. 2

Lec 11 Basic concepts and definitions of the optimization polyoptimization 2

Lec 12 The most important method polyoptimization (lexicographic method, the

method of threshold limit, the utility function method, the method of max-

min) - ranged function method.

2

Lec 13 Multicriteria optimization of the structures of power networks. 2

Lec 14 The unification of elements (limited range). 2

Lec 15 Final test. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

La1

La2

La3

Total hours

3


hours

Pr1

Pr2

Pr3

Total hours


hours

Se1

Se2

Se3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 – Lecture problem,



Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)


achievement

LECTURE

P PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W07 Written test


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Helt P., Parol M., Piotrkowski P., Metody sztucznej inteligencji w elektroenergetyce, Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 2000.

[2] Sielicki A., Jeleniewski T., Metodologia projektowania, WNT, Warszawa 1981.


[1] Markiewicz H. Urządzenia elektroenergetyczne. Wyd. 4, WNT, Warszawa 2008.

[2] Bujko., i inni, Komputeryzacja projektowania urządzeń elektroenergetycznych, WNT,

Warszawa 1984




Optimization methods in electric power industry



SPECIALIZATION Automation and Control in Electrical Power Systems

Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_C_W01 C1, C2 Lec1 – Lec4,

Lec6 N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_C_W01 C3 Lec5 N1, N2

PEK_W03 S2ASE_C_W01 C4 Lec7 - Lec9 N1, N2


PEK_W05 S2ASE_C_W01 C5 Lec11, Lec12 N1, N2



PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01 C1 – C7 Lec1 - Lec14 N1, N2

PEK_K02 S2ASE_K01 C1 – C7 Lec1 - Lec14 N1, N2



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Przekształtniki energoelektroniczne w przemyśle

Name in English: Static converters in industry


Specialization (if applicable): Control in Electrical Power Engineering




Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30



60


with grade


(X) final course




classes




1




1. Knowledge of basic power electronic.

2. Knowledge of power industry engineering.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Understanding the problems of applications of static converters in various key industry areas.

C2. Understanding effects of a negative impact on the power supply network and how to minimize

their.



PEK_W01 – Knows the basic fields of applications of static converters in the industry.

PEK_W02 – Knows the positive and negative aspects of the use of static converters in the industry.

PEK_W03 – Knows the ways restricive the negative impact on power supply network.

PEK_W04 – Knows the selection criteria for typical static converters for industrial applications.

2

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Basic knowledge, introduction to the lecture, the program, requirements,

credit 1

Lec 1-2 Transforming of electricity. Historical overview. Basic circuits static

converters in the industry. 3

Lec 3 Typical industrial systems static converters low and medium power. 2

Lec 4 Typical DC drives. Examples of implementation. 2

Lec 5 Converters in AC drives. PWM inverters. Interference generated by

inverters, effects and practical ways of reducing them. Examples of

applications.

2

Lec 6 UPS systems. Static UPS topologies. Rotary UPSs. Selection criteria and

requirements. 2

Lec 7 Power supplies electroplating. Converters in drives of mining machines. 2

Lec 8 Power supply static converters for inductive heating. Synchronous frequency

multipliers. 2

Lec 9 Electrofilters power supplies. Railway traction power supply systems

(substations). 2

Lec 10 Starter systems for DC and AC motors. Three phase SOFT START systems. 2

Lec 11 Systems converters in traction vehicle . 2

Lec 12 Naturally commutating 6-pulse inverter as the basic of HVDC. Hight

voltage directed current (HVDC). 2

Lec 13 The negative impact of static converters on the power AC network. Active

filters. Passive filters. The criteria on selection. 2

Lec 14 Development trends of static converters. Summary. 2

Lec 15 Qualified test 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

La1

La2

La3

Total hours


hours

Pr1

Pr2

Pr3

3

Total hours


hours

Se1

Se2

Se3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia presentation


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


P PEK_W01-



PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] B.M.Bird & K.G.King “Power electronics”; 1983 John Wiley&Sons.

[2] S.B.Dewan, G.R. Slemon, A. Straughen, “ Power Semiconductor Drives” ; 1984 John

Wiley&Sons

[3] Charoy Alain. , Compatibilite electromagnetique. Parasites et perturbations des electroniques.

4. Alimentation, foudre et remedes Regles et consails d’instalation, Dunod, Paris 1992.

[4] Piróg S. ,Energoelektronika – negatywne oddziaływania układów energoelektronicznych na

źródła energii i wybrane sposoby ich ograniczania, AGH Uczelniane Wydawnictwa Naukowo-

Dydaktyczne, Kraków 1988r

[5] Dmowski A. ,Energoelektroniczne układy zasilania prądem stałym, WNT W-wa 1998r


[1] [1] Geppart A., Smajek L., Dobór filtrów wyższych harmonicznych w zakładach

przemysłowych wyposażonych w przekształtniki tyrystorowe, Energetyka 1972, Biuletyn

Instytutu Energetyki nr 11/12

[2] E-Czasopismo: AUTOMATYKA, ELEKTRYKA, ZAKŁÓCENIA, http://www.elektro-

innowacje.pl


Stanisław Szkółka; stanisł[email protected]


Static converters in industry



AND SPECIALIZATION Control in Electrical Power Engineering

Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_C_W02 C1 Lec2-Lec12,

Lec14 N1

PEK_W02 S2ASE_C_W02 C2 Lec5, Lec13,

Lec14 N1

PEK_W03 S2ASE_C_W02 C2 Lec5, Lec13,

Lec14 N1

PEK_W04 S2ASE_C_W02 C1 Lec6,Lec13 N1



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Układy przekształtnikowe - zastosowania

Name in English: Static convertors - applications


Specialization (if applicable): Control in Electrical Power Engineering




Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30



60


with grade


(X) final course




classes




1




1. Knowledge of basic power electronic

2. Knowledge of power industry engineering

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Understanding the problems of applications of static converters in basic areas of industry.

C2. Knowledge of practical converters systems in typical branches of industry

C3. Understanding effects of a negative impact on the power supply network and how to minimize

their.



PEK_W01 – Knows the basic fields of applications of static converters in the industry.

PEK_W02 – Knows the positive and negative aspects of the use of static converters in the industry.

PEK_W03 – Knows how to limit the negative impact on the electric system.

PEK_W04 – Knows contemporary static converters used in the power industry.

PEK_W05 – Knows practical converter systems in typical branches of industry.

2

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Basic knowledge, introduction to the lecture, the program, requirements,

credit 1

Lec 1-2 Transforming of electricity. Historical overview. Basic circuits static

converters in the industry. Capabilities, advantages, disadvantages. 3

Lec 3 AC regulators of small and medium power. Powertools. Converters in the

household hardware. 2

Lec 4 Practical system converters for lighting controls. Examples of

implementation. Cataloguing data. 2

Lec 5 Converters for AC motors. Power filters. Shielding. EMC legislation. Classes

of disruptions. Examples of applications. 2

Lec 6 Static and rotating power UPS systems large and medium-load power.

Practical applications. Overview of all systems. 2

Lec 7 AC and DC converters for welding equipment. Electric arc furnaces. 2

Lec 8 Converters for induction heating. Converters for plating industry. 2

Lec 9 Power supplies for Electrofilters. Systems for temperature control. 2

Lec 10 Contactless switches. Hybrid switches. SOFT-START systems. Typical data

and parameters. 2

Lec 11 Contemporary drives for rail vehicle 2

Lec 12 Hight voltage directed current (HVDC). FACTS AC transmission systems. 2

Lec 13 The negative impact of static converters on the power AC network. Static

synchronous series compensator (SSSC). Passive filters. The criteria on

selection. Practical STATCOM systems.

2

Lec 14 Converters with a reduced negative effect. Overview of the polish market of

static converters. Trends. 2

Lec 15 Pass 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Mulitmedia presentations


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


P PEK_W01-



PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] B.M.Bird & K.G.King “Power electronics”; 1983 John Wiley&Sons.

[2] S.B.Dewan, G.R. Slemon, A. Straughen, “ Power Semiconductor Drives” ; 1984 John

Wiley&Sons

[3] Charoy Alain. , Compatibilite electromagnetique. Parasites et perturbations des electroniques. 4.

Alimentation, foudre et remedes Regles et consails d’instalation, Dunod, Paris 1992.

[4] Piróg S. ,Energoelektronika – negatywne oddziaływania układów energoelektronicznych na

źródła energii i wybrane sposoby ich ograniczania, AGH Uczelniane Wydawnictwa Naukowo-

Dydaktyczne, Kraków 1988r

[5] L.Gyugai, C.Schauder i K.Sen „Static Synchronous Series Compensator: A solid-state: approach

to the series compensation of transmission lines” IEEE Transaction on Power Delivery;Vol.12,

No 1 pp.406-417, 1 1997.

[6] M.H.Rashid, Power Electronics Handbook, San Diego; Academic Press, 2001.


[1] Geppart A., Smajek L., Dobór filtrów wyższych harmonicznych w zakładach przemysłowych

wyposażonych w przekształtniki tyrystorowe, Energetyka 1972, Biuletyn Instytutu Energetyki

nr 11/12

[2] E-Czasopismo: AUTOMATYKA, ELEKTRYKA, ZAKŁÓCENIA, http://www.elektro-

innowacje.pl [3] Dmowski A. ,Energoelektroniczne układy zasilania prądem stałym, WNT W-wa 1998r

[4] PN-EN 61000-3-2 -Kompatybilność elektromagnetyczna. Dopuszczalne poziomy emisji

harmonicznych prądu


Stanisław Szkółka; stanisł[email protected]


Static convertors - applications



AND SPECIALIZATION Control in Electrical Power Engineering

Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_C_W03 C1,C2 Lec2-Lec5

Lec7-Lec11 N1

PEK_W02 S2ASE_C_W03 C3 Lec2,

Lec13,Lec14 N1

PEK_W03 S2ASE_C_W03 C3 Lec14, Lec13 N1

PEK_W04 S2ASE_C_W03 C1,C2 Lec6,Lec13,Le

c12, Lec14 N1

PEK_W05 S2ASE_C_W03 C1,C2 Lec2-Lec12 N1



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Projektowanie instalacji elektrycznych wspomagane komputerowo

Name in English: Computer Aided Design (CAD) in Energetic






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15



60 30

Form of crediting exam credit with a

grade


(X) final course




classes

0,5




1,2 0,7




1. He has basic knowledge of planning and design of low-voltage electrical installations in

industrial and municipal.

relating to skills:

1. He can read design assumptions and the design of low-voltage electrical installations.

2. He able to develop project documentation in accordance with applicable regulations and

standards.


1. He able to work in a team and understands the need for continuous training

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Familiarize students with the basic advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used in the

design of electrical installation and electrical equipment

C2. Familiarize students with CAD programs to design low voltage electrical installation and


C3. Familiarize students with CAD programs to design the interior lighting and exterior, and the


C4. Familiarize students with CAD programs to design low voltage electrical switchgear. and


C5. Familiarize students with CAD programs to create project documentation and interpretation of

the results.

2



PEK_W01 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used in the design of

electrical installation and of electrical equipment

PEK_W02 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used to design electrical

installations

PEK_W03 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used to design lighting.

PEK_W04 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used to design low voltage

electrical switchgear.

PEK_W05 – He knows the advantages and disadvantages of CAD software used to create project

documentation

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – He can interpret design assumptions in the field of electrical installation and lighting

PEK_U02 – Can design of electrical installations using a CAD program and interpret the results.

PEK_U03 – Can lighting design using a CAD program and interpret the results


PEK_K01 – He has aware of their own responsibility for their work and a willingness to comply with

the principles of teamwork

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Familiar with the subject, program requirements and how to pass. General

characteristics of CAD computer systems. 2

Lec 2 General characteristics of CAD computer systems design in energetic. 2

Lec 3 Design rules for electrical installations. 2

Lec 4 General characteristics of CAD software for the design of electrical

installations 2

Lec 5 Detailed characteristics of the selected CAD program for designing electrical

installations. 2

Lec 6 Principles of lighting design and lighting design outdoor areas. 2

Lec 7 General characteristics of CAD software to design lighting. 2

Lec 8 Detailed characteristics of the selected CAD program to design lighting. 2

Lec 9 Principles of design of low voltage electrical switchgear 2

Lec 10 General characteristics of CAD software to design low voltage electrical

switchgear 2

Lec 11 Detailed characteristics of the selected CAD program to design a low-voltage

electrical switchgear. 2

Lec 12 The rules for creating project documentation. 2

Lec 13 General characteristics of CAD software to create project documentation. 2

Lec 14 Detailed characteristics of the selected CAD program to create project

documentation. 2

Lec 15 Summary and discussion of examination issues. 2

Total hours 30

3


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1 Establish rules for passing. General familiarization with the software needed

for the task of design installed in the computer laboratory 1

Proj2 The introduction of electrical design data in a selected CAD program for

designing electrical installations. 2

Proj3 Variants perform calculations for a given electrical installation using a

selected CAD program for the design of electrical installation 2

Proj4 Production of results for a given electrical installation using a selected CAD

program for the design of electrical installations 2

Proj5 The introduction of lighting design data in a selected CAD program to design

lighting. 2

Proj6 Design calculations for the selected variant design data using selected CAD

program to design lighting 2

Proj7 Production of results for a given lighting design using a selected CAD

program to design lighting. 2

Proj8 Completion of the course. 2

Total hours 15


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2 - Discussion problematic.

N3 - Design classes conducted in the computer laboratory for a group of students.

N4 - Checking messages in the form of oral or written

N5 - Preparation of project documentation.

4


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


LECTURE

P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_W04,

PEK_W05,

Written or/and oral exam.

PROJECT

F1

PEK_U01,

PEK_U02,

PEK_U03,




P = 0,2F1 + 0,4F2 + 0,4F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Markiewicz H., Urządzenia elektroenergetyczne, Wyd. 4, WNT, Warszawa 2008.


[3] Dołęga W., Kobusiński M., Projektowanie instalacji elektrycznych w obiektach

przemysłowych. Zagadnienia wybrane., Oficyna Wydawnicza PWr, Wrocław 2009.

[4] Current manuals CAD software contained on the website developers.


[1] Praca zbiorowa, Poradnik inżyniera elektryka. Tom 3. WNT, Warszawa, 2005.

[2] Wiatr J., Orzechowski M., Poradnik projektanta elektryka, wyd 4, Wydawnictwo Medium,

Warszawa 2010.




Computer Aided Design (CAD) in Energetic



SPECIALIZATION Automation and Control in Electrical Power Systems

Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_A_W07 C1 Lec1, Lec2 N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_A_W07 C1, C2 Lec3, Lec4,

Lec5 N1, N2


Lec8 N1, N2


Lec11 N1, N2


Lec14 N1, N2

PEK_U01 S2ASE_A_U07 C1,C2,C3 Proj1, Proj2,

Proj5 N3, N4

PEK_U02 S2ASE_A_U07 C1,C2 Proj2 – Proj4 N3, N4, N5

PEK_U03 S2ASE_A_U07 C1,C3 Proj5 – Proj7 N3, N4, N5

PEK_K01 K2AiR_K02 C1 – C5 Proj2 – Proj7 N2, N3




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Instalacje elektryczne w obiektach energetyki

Name in English: Electrical installations of power objects

Main field of study: Control Engineering and Robotics

Specialization: Automation and Control in Electrical Power Systems



Subject code: ARR022411W+C






(CNPS) 60 30

Form of crediting Exam Crediting with

grade




classes 1


teacher-student contact (BK) classes 1,25 0,5



1. Knowledge of devices and equipment.

2. Basic knowledge of electrical engineering.

Relating to skills:

1. It can be used properly and effectively understood the rules and regulations of the basics of

electrical engineering.


1. He can think and act in a creative way.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Knowledge of the principles of construction and electrical equipment.

C2. Understanding the principles of safe work on electrical equipment.

C3. Knowledge of calculations of parameters of electrical installations.



PEK_W01 – Student has knowledge of the construction electrical installations.

PEK_W02 – Student has knowledge of the protective systems used in electrical installations.

PEK_W03 – Student has knowledge of the rules and regulations for the construction of electrical

installations.

PEK_W04 – Student has knowledge of the regulations of safe working on electrical equipment.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Student can determine the expected load in industrial and power objects.

PEK_U02 – Student can select wires and protection device..

PEK_U03 – Student can calculate the effectiveness of shock protection.

PEK_U04 – Student can designe of the main and supplementary equipotential bonding.


PEK_K01 – Student is able to think and act in a creative way.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Basic concepts of electrical installations. Network systems. 2

Lec 2 Determination of the expected load in electrical installations. 2

Lec 3 Systems components and circuits, cables, connectors. 2

Lec 4 Overload and short-circuit protection for electrical installations. 2

Lec 5 Selection of wires and protection device. 2

Lec 6 Terms of selective overcurrent protection. 2

Lec 7 Voltage drops in electrical installations. 2

Lec 8 Electric shock protection by automatic disconnection of supply. 2

Lec 9 Grounding and equipotential bonding in electrical installations. 2

Lec 10 Construction of industrial electrical installations. 2

Lec 11 Power needs of its own power stations. 2

Lec 12 Electrical installations of power objects. 2

Lec 13 Fire hazard and ways of mitigation. 2

Lec 14-

Lec 15

Lightning protection of power engineering objects. 4

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1 Determination of the expected loads in industrial and power plants. 2

Cl 2 Selection of cables and protection - receiver circuit design. 2

Cl 3 Calculation of voltage drop in the electrical system. 2

Cl 4 Calculation of the effectiveness electric shock protection by automatic disconnection

of supply.

2

Cl 5 Construction of the installations needs its own power stations. 2

Cl 6 Design of the main and supplementary equipotential bonding. 2

Cl 7 Lightning construction of installations of energy facilities. Overvoltage protection. 2

Cl 8 Additional term and crediting. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Lab 1

Lab 2

Lab 3

Total hours


hours

Proj 1

Proj 2

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Informative lecture.

N3. Calculation exercises.





Educational effect

number

Way of evaluating educational effect achievement

Lecture

P

PEK_W01, PEK_W02,

PEK_W03, PEK_W04 written or oral exam

Classes

F1 PEK_U01, PEK_U02,

PEK_U03, PEK_U04 activity in the class

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02,

PEK_U03, PEK_U04 test

P = 0,25F1+ 0,75F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Markiewicz H. Instalacje elektryczne. WNT, Warszawa 2010.

[2] Jabłoński W. Zapobieganie porażeniom elektrycznym w urządzeniach

elektroenergetycznych WN, WNT, Warszawa 1992.

[3] Norma arkuszowa PN-IEC 60364. Instalacje elektryczne w obiektach budowlanych.


[1] Ustawa „Prawo budowlane”, wraz z rozporządzeniami wykonawczymi


Ryszard Zacirka, [email protected]


Electrical installations of power objects AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY


SPECIALIZATION: Automation and Control in Electrical Power Systems

Subject

educational

effect





Subject



number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_A_W05 C1 Lec1Lec3,

Lec10Lec12 N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_A_W05 C1 Lec4, Lec6 N1, N2

PEK_W03 S2ASE_A_W05 C1 Lec5Lec7,

Lec12Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_W04 S2ASE_A_W05 C2 Lec8, Lec9,

Lec13, Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_U01 S2ASE_A_U05 C3 Cl1 N3

PEK_U02 S2ASE_A_U05 C3 Cl2,Cl3,Cl5 N3

PEK_U03 S2ASE_A_U05 C3 Cl4,Cl7 N3

PEK_U04 S2ASE_A_U05 C3 Cl6 N3

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01 C3 Cl1Cl8 N3



FACULTY OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING/DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL POWER

ENGINEERING

SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Identyfikacja obiektów sterowania

Name in English Control object identification











(CNPS) 60 30



grade




classes 0,75





1. Knowledge of algebra at the basic level.

2. Knowledge of mathematical analysis at the basic level.

3. Knowledge of stochastic processes.

4. Knowledge of problems of control theory.

relating to skills:



1. The student is able to think and act creatively

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Knowing methods of control object identification.

C2 Acquiring proficiency in solving problems of control object identification.

C3 Familiarising with software used for solving problems of control object identification.



PEK_W01 - The student has knowledge related to identification of parametric static models.

PEK_W02 - The student has knowledge related to identification of parametric stationary

dynamic models.

PEK_W03 - The student has knowledge related to identification of parametric non-stationary

dynamic models

PEK_W04 - The student has knowledge related to identification of non-parametric stationary models.

PEK_W05 - The student has knowledge related to identification of models for feedback control

systems.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - The student is able to plan identification process.

PEK_U02 - The student is able to use of least squares method to solving identification problem.

PEK_U03 - The student is able to use of correlation method to solving identification problem.

PEK_U04 - The student is able to use of stochastic approximation to solving identification problem.

PEK_U05 - The student is able to perform identification calculation in the Matlab environment.


PEK_K01 - The student can independently solve identification problems.

PROGRAMME CONTENT

Form of classes – lecture Number

of hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Basic terms and definition: dynamic systems, models of dynamic

systems, identification, interpretation of identified model, identification process.

2

Lec 2 Identification of static models – the least squares method: a principle of the

method, a recursive algorithm, a deterministic criterion for assessing model

correctness.

2

Lec 3 Statistical analysis of the results of identification of static models with use of the

least squares method.

2

Lec 4 The identification experiment in the case of dynamic models: general

characteristics, choice of sampling time, choice of input signals.

2

Lec 5 Identification of parametric dynamic models: the essence of identification, models

ARX, ARMAX, estimation of parameters of models by the least squares method,

the instrumental variable method and the maximum likelihood method.

2

Lec 6 Validation of parametric dynamic models. 2

Lec 7 Test. 2

Lec 8 Identification of non-stationary parametric dynamic models. 2

Lec 9 Identification of time-series models: time-series concept, properties of time-series

(stationarity, stability), properties of time-series models (causality, stability,

reversibility), process of identification of time-series models, stochastic time-series

models (stationary and non-stationary models) and their properties.

2

Lec 10 Identification of the impulse response: recursive and non-recursive methods. 2

Lec 11 Identification of power spectral density: description of a signal in the frequency

domain, classical and modern identification methods.

2

Lec 12 Identification of the amplitude and phase characteristics with use of non-

parametric methods: purpose of the identification, identification methods

(frequency analysis, frequency analysis using correlation methods, spectral

analysis), coherence function, input signals.

2

Lec 13 Identification of static and dynamic models with use of the stochastic

approximation: the principle of the stochastic approximation, an algorithm of

2

identification.

Lec 14 Identification of the models of feedback control systems: identifiability conditions,

the problem of partial unfulfilment of identifiability conditions.

2

Lec 15 Test. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab 1 An introduction, the laboratory program. Mathematical models of control objects. 2

Lab 2 Identification of static models - the least squares method. 2

Lab 3 Identification of static models - the least squares method: Statistical analysis of the

results of identification.

2

Lab 4 Identification of static models - planning of active identification experiments. 2

Lab 5 Identification of dynamic models - the ARX model. 2

Lab 6 Identification of the impulse response. 2

Lab 7 Identification of the amplitude and phase characteristics. 2

Lab 8 Identification of static models - the stochastic approximation 2

Total hours 30


hours

Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Sem 3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED




N4. The MATLAB/Simulink programming environment.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –


end)


achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W05 activity at the classes

F2 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W05 colloquium

P = 0.1 F1 + 0.9 F2

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U05 activity at the classes

F2 PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U05 reports from the classes

P = 0.3 F1 + 0.7 F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Królikowski A., Identyfikacja obiektów sterowania, Wyd. Pol. Poznańskiej, Poznań 2005.

[2] Królikowski A., Horla D., Identyfikacja obiektów sterowania: metody dyskretne, Wyd. Pol.

Poznańskiej, Poznań 2005.

[3] Mańczak K., Nahorski Z., Komputerowa identyfikacja obiektów dynamicznych, PWN,

Warszawa 1983.

[4] Pr. zb., Dynamika i identyfikacja obiektów. Zbiór zadań, Wyd. Pol. Poznańskiej, Poznań 1980.

[5] Pr. zb. pod red. Kasprzyk J., Identyfikacja procesów, Wyd. Pol. Śląskiej, Gliwice 2002.

[6] Zimmer A., Englot A., Identyfikacja obiektów i sygnałów. Teoria i praktyka dla użytkowników

MATLABA, Wyd. Pol. Krakowskiej, Kraków 2005.


[1] Mańczak K., Metody identyfikacji wielowymiarowych obiektów sterowania, WNT, Warszawa

1979.

[2] Milkiewicz F., Wstęp do metod optymalizacji i identyfikacji obiektów przemysłowych, Wyd.

Pol. Gdańskiej, Gdańsk 1979.

[3] Sawicki J., Królikowski A., Florek A., Dynamika i identyfikacja obiektów sterowania. Zbiór

zadań, PWN, Warszawa 1986.

[4] Zimmer A., Identyfikacja obiektów i sygnałów. Teoria i praktyka dla użytkowników

MATLABA, Wyd. Pol. Krakowskiej, . Kraków 1998.




Control object identification




Subject

educational

effect





Subject



number***


Lec3, Lec13 N1, N2


Lec6, Lec9,

Lec10

N1, N2


PEK_W04 K2AiR_W04 C1 Lec11÷Lec13 N1, N2


PEK_U01 K2AiR_U03 C2, C3 Lab1, Lab4 N3, N4





PEK_K01 K2AiR_K03 C2, C3 Lab1÷Lab8 N3, N4



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Automatyzacja systemów elektroenergetycznych

Name in English: Automation of electric power systems






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15



120 30


grade


(X) final course




classes

1




1 0,75




1. Student has the basic knowledge of the control of electric power systems.

2. Student has the basic knowledge of programming in Matlab.

relating to skills:

1. Student is capable of doing calculations of steady, short-ciruit and transient states of power

systems.


1. Student can integrate control theory with power system theory.

2. Student understands the need of additional training.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. To assimilate knowledge associated with the voltage and frequency control, short-circuit and

transient processes in multi-machine power systems.

C2. To become skillful at the analysis of the voltage and frequency control, steady states, short-circuit

states and transient processes in multi-machine power systems.

2



PEK_W01 - Student has the basic knowledge concerning the rules of the voltage and frequency control

in multi-machine power systems.

PEK_W02 - Student has the well-ordered knowledge concerning the computation of the steady, short-

circuits and transient states of multi-machine electric power systems by Matlab.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - Student can work out the block diagrams and differential equations for voltage

and frequency regulators of the system: turbine - generator - stiff system.

PEK_U02 - Student is capable of preparing input data and making the computer simulation of

the states of multi-machine power system.

PEK_U03 - Student is capable of concluding results obtained from the simulation of multi-

machine power system. relating to social competences:

PEK_K01 - Student is aware of the responsibility to make decision on the basis of the multi-

machine power system analysis results.

PEK_K02 - Student can justify the results obtained in multi-machine power system

computations

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 The scope and perspective of the automation of power systems 2

Lec 2 The DC model in the power system analysis. 2

Lec 3 The optimization of generation and transmission energy. 2

Lec 4 Electrical energy market - marginal costs in the optimization of generation

and transmission.. 2

Lec 5 The generator model in the stability analysis of electric power systems. 2

Lec 6 Modeling the connection of the synchronous generator with electric power

network. 2

Lec 7 The local stability of unit (turbine and generator) equipped with speed

governor and voltage regulator. 2

Lec 8 The automatic voltage and speed in multi-machine power systems. 2

Lec 9 The free oscillations in multi-machine power systems. 2

Lec 10 Damping generator swings by power system stabilizers. 2

Lec 11 Transient stability of multi-machine power systems. 2

Lec 12 Voltage stability of power systems. Models and improvements. 2

Lec 13 Modeling the control of rotational speed of turbogenerators and

hydrogenerators. 2

Lec 14 Modeling the primary and secondary frequency control in an isolated power

system. 2

Lec 15 Automatic power and frequency control in interconnected power systems. 2

Total hours 30

3


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1 The rules of preparing the equivalent schemes for the analysis of steady and

transient states of power systems - individual calculations. 2

Lab2 Voltage regulation and reactive power flow calculation in multi-voltage

power systems. 2

Lab3 Investigation of the local stability and damping small rotor swings by power

system stabilizers. 2

Lab4 Investigation of transient stability by numerical integration of differential

equations. 2

Lab5 Investigation of the influence of the parameters of voltage control on the

power system stability. 2

Lab6 Primary frequency control of an isolated power systems. 2

Lab7 Investigation of voltage stability of transmission system. 2

Lab8 Final test. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Information lecture and multimedia presentation.

N2. Laboratory group controlled by checking knowledge and exercise performance.

N3. Checking the knowledge and acquired experience by final test.

4


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)


achievement

LECTURE

P

PEK_W01

PEK_W02,

PEK_U01

Written and oral examination

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_W02,

PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U03

The mark of preparing, performing and

reporting the laboratory exercises

F2 PEK_W02,

PEK_U01 Final laboratory test.

P = 0.6F1+ 0.4F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Kremens Z., Sobierajski M., Analiza systemów elektroenergetycznych. Warszawa WNT 1996.

[2] Machowski J., Bialek J., Bumby J., Power system dynamics and stability. John Wiley and Sons

1997.

[3] Sobierajski M., Łabuzek M., Lis R., Electrical power system analysis in Matlab. Oficyna



[1] Lecture notes on website http://eps.pwr.wroc.pl/studenci

[2] Rosołowski E., Komputerowe metody analizy elektromagnetycznych stanów przejściowych.



Marian Sobierajski, [email protected]

http://eps.pwr.wroc.pl/studenci


Automation of electric power systems




Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W01, S2ASE_W03 C1 Lec1-Lec15 N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W03 C2 Lab1-Lab7 N2, N3

PEK_U01 S2ASE_U02 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab7 N2, N3



PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab7 N1, N2

PEK_K02 S2ASE_K01 C1, C2 Lab1-Lab7 N1, N2




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Sterowanie komputerowe systemami elektroenergetycznymi

Name in English Computer Control of Power System





Subject code ARR022513W+S




University (ZZU)

30 15


(CNPS)

60 30


grade

crediting with

grade*





0,75


teacher-student contact (BK) classes

1 0,5




1. Knowledge of basic problems of computer science.

2. Knowledge of basics of power systems.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Knowing problems of computer control of modern power system.

C2 Familiarizing with modern computer control of power system.

C3 Familiarizing with modern techniques used in computer control of power system.

C4. Enhancing practical skills in preparing presentation.

C5. Developing students’ skills in participating in discussion



PEK_W01 - The student knows problems of power system control.

PEK_W02 - The student knows solutions of problems of power system control.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - The student is able to perform analyses of power systems from the view-point of their

control.

PEK_U02 - The student is able to evaluate different solutions of problems of computer control of

power system.


PEK_K01 - The student is able to prepare presentation in a problem manner.

PEK_K02 - The student is able to approach to discussed problems in an analytical manner.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 An introduction to the lecture, program of the lecture, requirements. Basic notions. 2

Lec 2 Formulation of the problem of power system control. General characteristics of

system of power system control. Open-system standard.

2

Lec 3 Problems of dispatcher power system control. 2

Lec 4 Computer systems in control centres. EMS. 2

Lec 5 SCADA, MINISCADA - supervisory control and data-acquisition system. Open

data-acquisition system.

2

Lec 6 Remote terminal units. Computer control of substations. 2

Lec 7 Test. Computer control in a power station 2

Lec 8 Dispatcher training simulators. 2

Lec 9 Power system control in the conditions of interconnections with other power

systems.

2

Lec 10 Utilization of artificial intelligence in computer systems of power systems control. 2

Lec 11 Operating systems in computer systems for the power system control. 2

Lec 12 Design, developing and implementation of computer control systems of power

system.

2

Lec 13 Computer control and safety of power systems. Testing requirement specifications. 2

Lec 14 Impact of energy market on power system control. 2


Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab 1

Lab 2

Lab 3

Total hours


hours

Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Total hours


hours

Sem 1 Modern dispatcher center of power system control. 2

Sem 2 Implementation of EMS systems. 2

Sem 3 Implementation of SCADA and MINISCADA systems. 2

Sem 4 Implementation of computer control of a substation. 2

Sem 5 Computer control in a power station. 2

Sem 6 Control of active power and frequency in a power system. 2

Sem 7 Control of voltage and reactive power in a power system. 2

Sem 8 Utilization of artificial intelligence in computer systems of power systems control. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED




Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –


end)


achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 activity at the classes

F2 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 average of the grades from tests

P = 0.1 F1 + 0.9 F2

SEMINAR

F1 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 activity at the classes

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 preparing seminar presentation

P = 0.3 F1 + 0.7 F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Gładyś H., Komputery w kierowaniu pracą systemu elektroenergetycznego, WNT, Warszawa

1990.

[2] Gładyś H., Praca elektrowni w systemie elektroenergetycznym, WNT, Warszawa 1999.

[3] Kujszczyk Sz., Informatyzacja zakładów energetycznych, Warszawa, WNT 1990.

[4] Strauss C., Practical electrical network automation and communication systems, Elsevier 2003.

[5] Waha J. P. (Ed.), Control of power plants and power systems, Elsevier 2000.


[1] Donald G. Fink, Standard Handbook for Electrical Engineers. Section 10: Power-System

Components/SCADA. McGraw-Hill Professional 1999.

[2] Flynn D. (Ed.), Thermal Power Plant Simulation and Control, The Institution of Engineering and

Technology 2003.

[3] Popovic D., Bhatkar V. P., Distributed Computer Control Systems in Industrial Automation,

Marcel Dekker - Taylor & Francis 1990.

[4] Papers in conference proceedings and journals, e.g.: Energetyka, Biuletyn Miesięczny PSE




Computer Control of Power System




Subject

educational

effect





Subject



number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W05 C1

Lec1, Lec2,

Lec3, Lec9,

Lec13, Lec14

N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W05 C2, C3 Lec1÷Lec12,

Sem1÷Sem8 N1, N2

PEK_U01 S2ASE_U08 C1 Sem1÷Sem8 N1

PEK_U02 S2ASE_U08 C2, C3 Sem1÷Sem8 N1

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01 C4 Sem1÷Sem8 N1

PEK_K02 S2ASE_K01 C4, C5 Sem1÷Sem8 N1



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Sterowanie obciążeniami elektrycznymi

Name in English: Load management






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30



60


with grade


(X) final course

Number of ECTS points 2 including number of ECTS

points for practical (P) classes



contact (BK) classes

1




1. The student has mastered a basic knowledge on electrical engineering (active and reactive power,

active and reactive energy, power compensation, power factor, voltage, current).

relating to skills:

1. The student can properly and effectively apply the principles and laws of physics in the

qualitative and quantitative analysis of physical aspects of engineering.


1. The student understands and knows the need for continuous training opportunities and improves

their professional competence.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. To acquaint students with the knowledge of electrical tariffs, demand management methods and

shaping electrical loads.

C2. To acquaint students with the knowledge on electrical tariffs and tariff policy.

C3. A student will acquire practical knowledge and skills of efficient, rational and efficient use of

electricity.

2



PEK_W01 - The student has mastered knowledge on principles of saving energy, energy efficiency and

rational use of energy. He understands of the content and he can readily apply this

knowledge.

PEK_W02 - The student has mastered a basic knowledge on a meaning and methods of loads shaping.

PEK_W03 - The student has mastered an extensive knowledge on a tariff policy.

PEK_W04 - The student has mastered a basic knowledge on ways to influence consumer behavior so

that they have changed their electricity consumption habits.

PEK_W05 - The student has mastered a basic knowledge on Polish and the EU policy of energy

efficiency.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Presentation of the course, requirements and a method of assessment,

description of definitions of key concepts. 1

Lec 2 Presentation of the structure of the polish energy sector, description of the

responsibility for balancing the technical and description of commercial

operators and their functions.

1

Lec 3 Presentation of the principles of the functioning energy markets in terms of

balancing supply and demand of energy. 2

Lec 4 Presentation of: EU energy policy, the Polish energy policy, EU directives on

rationalization of electricity, Energy Efficiency Act etc. 3

Lec 5 Analysis of load charts (load shape), analysis of a power ordered. 2

Lec 6 Energy management. 1

Lec 7 Energy management tools. 1

Lec 8 Programs DSR, a tariff's policy, a role of tariffs in the DSM - the impact of

tariffs. 4

Lec 9 The use of smart grid in the field of electricity load shaping. 3

Lec 10 Energy audit. 1

Lec 11 Saving electricity – from design to use. 3

Lec 12 Energy management in an enterprise. 1

Lec 13 A reactive power in a power system, loss of electricity. 2

Lec 14 Lighting – a description of type of sources, a lighting control and

development trends, an aspect of efficiency of electricity use. 2

Lec 15 Rational use of electricity in industrial plants and households. 1


Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours

3


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Informative lecture

N2. Multimedia presentations





end)

Educational effect


P1

PEK_W01

PEK_W02

PEK_W03

PEK_W04

PEK_W05

Written and / or oral test


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Billewicz K. – Smart Metering. Inteligentny system pomiarowy, Warszawa, PWN 2011





Load management AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY



Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_W10, S2ASE_U08 C3

Lec10, Lec5,

Lec11, Lec7,

Lec6, Lec12,

Lec14, Lec15,

Lec9

N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_W10, S2ASE_U08 C1 Lec4, Lec6,

Lec8, Lec9 N1, N2

PEK_W03 S2ASE_W10, S2ASE_U08 C1, C2, C3 Lec4, Lec8,

Lec9 N1, N2

PEK_W04 S2ASE_W10, S2ASE_U08 C1, C2 Lec6, Lec8,

Lec9 N1, N2

PEK_W05 S2ASE_W10, S2ASE_U08 C1, C2

Lec1, Lec2,

Lec3, Lec4,

Lec13

N1, N2




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Sztuczna inteligencja w sterowaniu systemami elektroenergetycznymi

Name in English Artificial inteligence in power system control








Number of hours of organized classes in University

(ZZU)

30 15

Number of hours of total student workload (CNPS) 60 30


with

grade*



including number of ECTS points for practical (P) classes 0,75

including number of ECTS points for direct teacher-student

contact (BK) classes 1 0,5




1. Knowledge of basic problems of computer science.

2. Knowledge of basic problems of power systems.

relating to skills:



1. The student is able to think and act creatively.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Knowing application of various techniques of artificial intelligence in the control of power systems.

C2 Acquiring the ability to use artificial intelligence techniques to solve problems controlling of electric

power systems.


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 - The student has knowledge in the scope of requirements placed for solutions of

problems of power system control.

PEK_W02 - The student has knowledge in the scope of utilization of different artificial intelligence

techniques in power system control.

relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - The student is able to evaluate utilization of artificial intelligence techniques in power

system control.

PEK_U02 - The student is able to select artificial intelligence technique for solution of considered

problem of computer control of power system.


PEK_K01 - The student is able independently to solve problem of utilization of the most

advantageous artificial intelligence technique for solution of indicated problem of power

system control.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 An introduction. General characteristics of power system control. Reasons of

utilization of artificial intelligence techniques in power system analyses.

2

Lec 2 Intelligent data processing in substation. 2

Lec 3 Identification of power system topology errors with the use of artificial neural

networks and expert systems.

2

Lec 4 A distributed power system topology verification system with the use of a multi-

agent system.

2

Lec 5 Utilization of multi-agent systems in national control centre. 2

Lec 6 Processing alarm from power systems with the use of artificial neural networks and

expert systems.

2

Lec 7 Test. 2

Lec 8 Intelligent analysis of power system state. 2

Lec 9 Detection of fault in a power system with the use of immune systems. 2

Lec 10 Power system security assessment with the use of artificial neural networks. 2

Lec 11 Utilization of fuzzy sets for stability analysis. 2

Lec 12 Power system VAR optimization with the use of tabu search. 2

Lec 13 Power system VAR optimization with the use of ant colony algorithm. 2

Lec 14 Power system planning with the use of different artificial intelligence techniques. 2

Lec 15 Written test allowing for the exam. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours

Form of classes – laboratory Number of

hours

Lab 1 Utilization of a expert system for measurement data verification in a substation. 3

Lab 2 Utilization of artificial neural network for power system topology verification. 4

Lab 3 Realization of the distributed power system topology verification with the use of a

multi-agent system.

4

Lab 4 Utilization of fuzzy sets for assessing voltage stability of a power system. 4

Total hours 15


hours

Proj 1

Proj 2

Proj 3

Total hours


hours

Sem 1

Sem 2

Sem 3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED




N4. The MATLAB programming environment.





end)


achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 activity at the classes

F2 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 allowing test

F3 PEK_W01, PEK_W02 exam

P = 0.1 F1 + 0.2 F2 + 0,7F3

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 activity at the classes

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02 reports from the classes

P = 0.3 F1 + 0.7 F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] P. Helt, M. Parol, P. Piotrowski, Metody sztucznej inteligencji w elektroenergetyce., Oficyna

Wydawnicza Politechniki Warszawskiej, Warszawa 2000.

[2] K. Warwick, A. O. Ekwue, R. Aggarwal, Artificial Intelligence Techniques in Power Systems, IET

1997.

[3] T. Munakata, Fundamentals of the New Artificial Intelligence. Neural, Evolutionary, Fuzzy and

More. London, Springer-Verlag 2008.


[1] D. Rutkowska, M. Pilinski, L. Rutkowski; Sieci neuronowe, algorytmy genetyczne i systemy

rozmyte., PWN, Warszawa-Łódź 1997.

[2] W. Duch, J. Korbicz, L. Rutkowski, R. Tadeusiewicz (red), Sieci neuronowe. Seria:

Biocybernetyka i Inżynieria Biomedyczna 2000. Tom 6, EXIT, , Warszawa 2000.

[3] J. Ferber. Multi-Agent Systems. Harlow: Addison Wesley Longman 1999.

[4] M.Wooldridge, An Introduction to MultiAgent Systems, New York, John Wiley& Sons 2002.

[5] A. Piegat, Modelowanie i sterowanie rozmyte. Warszawa, EXIT, 1999.




Artificial inteligence in power system control




Subject

educational

effect





Subject



number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_A_W02 C1 Lec1÷Lec14 N1, N2

PEK_W02 S2ASE_A_W02 C1 Lec1÷Lec14 N1, N2

PEK_U01 S2ASE_A_U02 C2 Lab1÷Lab4 N3, N4

PEK_U02 S2ASE_A_U02 C2 Lab1÷Lab4 N3, N4

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01 C2 Lab1÷Lab4 N3, N4




SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Wytwarzanie energii elektrycznej

Name in English: Electric energy generation



Level and form of studies: 2nd level / full-time


Subject code ELR022517W+C

Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 60 30


grade




classes 0,75






1. Has basic knowledge of classical mechanics and phenomenological thermodynamics.

Relating to skills:

1. Is able to apply correctly and effectively physical laws and principles for qualitative and

quantitative analysis of engineering related physical problems

Relating to competences:

1. Understands and knows the necessity and possibilities of long life learning, improving

professional, personal and social competences

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Having basics knowledge of physical phenomena in electric energy generation in various types of

energy sources. C2. Having basics knowledge of electricity generation technologies.

C3. Having basics knowledge of electricity generation costs and protecting an environment in

electricity generation.

C4. Be able to make computations related to energy conversion and economic analysis of electric

power generation.



PEK_W01 – Has basic knowledge of physical phenomena occurring in electric energy generation

process.

PEK_W02 – Has knowledge of basic electric energy generation technologies.

PEK_W03 – Has knowledge of influence of electricity generation on natural environment.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 – Is able to make basic calculations related to energy transformations in electric power

energy sources.

PEK_U02 – Is able to make basic calculations related to economic analysis of electricity generation.


PEK_K01 – Is aware of necessity of self-reliant information retrieval and creative using of obtained

information.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Scope of the course. Crediting requirements 1

Lec 1 Basic definitions. Forms and carriers of energy. Electrical energy generation

methods. Energy resources and energy demand. Structure of electrical energy

generation in Poland and in the world.

1

Lec 2 Physical principles of energy conversion. Thermodynamic laws, ideal gas

thermodynamic processes. Thermodynamic cycles and their efficiency. 2

Lec 3 Conventional thermal power plants: overview. Basic and auxiliary devices of

thermal power plants. 2

Lec 4 Thermodynamic cycle of thermal power plant. Efficiency improvement methods.

Future development of thermal power plants. 2

Lec 5 Combined heat and power (CHP) production: overview. Energy conversion in

CHP. Efficiency of CHP. Basic devices of CHP. 2

Lec 6 Gas turbines: thermodynamic cycles, gas turbine devices and systems. 2

Lec 7 Electrical energy generations with Diesel engines. 2

Lec 8-

Lec 9

Hydro power plants: overview, classification, operation principles. Conversion of

hydro energy. Hydro turbine constructions. Small hydro power plants. Basic

calculations for hydro power plants.

2

Lec 9 Wind power plants: principles of operation, construction. Present state and future

developments of wind power industry. 3

Lec 9 -

Lec 10

Wind power plants: principles of operation, construction. Present state and future

developments of wind power industry. Basic design calculations for wind turbines

and wind farms.

3

Lec 11 Electrical energy generation in solar power plants and fuel cells. 2

Lec 12 Geothermal energy. Biomass in energy generation. 1

Lec 12 Hybrid power plants. Micro-sources. 1

Lec 13 Nuclear power plants: characterization. Basics of nuclear reactions. Nuclear

reactors. Efficiency of nuclear power plants. Future developments in nuclear

energy.

2

Lec 14 Basic economic issues of energy production in conventional and renewable

sources. 2

Lec 15 Electrical energy conversion and natural environment. Protection of environment

in electric energy generation – basic concepts. 2

Total hours 30


hours

Cl 1 Work and heat. First law of thermodynamics. Thermodynamic processes of ideal

gas. 2

Cl 2 Thermodynamic cycles. Second law of thermodynamics. Thermodynamic

properties of steam. 2

Cl 3 Thermodynamic cycle of thermal power plant and its efficiency. 2

Cl 4 Thermodynamic processes and efficiency of Combined Heat and Power (CHP). 2

Cl 5 Thermodynamic processes and efficiency of gas-steam power plants. 2

Cl 6 Basic technical and economic calculations for hydro electric power plants. 2

Cl 7 Wind power farms – basic technical and economic calculations. 2

Cl 8 Writing final test. 1

Total hours 15

Form of classes – laboratory Number of

hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Information lecture with use of multimedia presentation.

N2. Solving calculation tasks, case studies.





end)

Educational effect


LECTURE

P

PEK_W01,

PEK_W02,

PEK_W03,

PEK_U01,

PEK_U02

Written exam.

CLASSES

F1 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02 Written test. Activity during classes

F2 PEK_U01,

PEK_U02 Final test

P = 0.4 F1 + 0.6 F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Paska J., Wytwarzanie energii elektrycznej, OWPW, Warszawa 2005.

[2] Paska J., Wytwarzanie rozproszone energii elektrycznej i ciepła, OWPW, Warszawa 2010.

[3] Marecki J., Podstawy przemian energetycznych, WNT, Warszawa, 2007.


[1] Chmielniak T., Technologie energetyczne, WNT, Warszawa 2008.

[2] Pawlik M., Strzelczyk F., Elektrownie, WNT, Warszawa 2010.

[3] Staniszewski B., Termodynamika, PWN, Warszawa 1986.


Robert Łukomski, [email protected]


Electric energy generation





subject educational

effect and

educational effects

defined for main field

of study and

specialization (if

applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_A_W06 C1 Lec 1 – Lec 13 N1



PEK_U01 S2ASE_A_U06 C4 Cl 1 – Cl 8 N2

PEK_U02 S2ASE_A_U06 C4 Cl 6, Cl7 N2

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01 C1, C2,C3, C4 Lec 1 – Lec 15,

Cl 1 – Cl 8 N1, N2


*** - from tableabove

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Systemy monitorowania i diagnostyki w przemyśle

Name in English: Monitoring and diagnostic systems in industry



Level and form of studies: 1st/ 2nd* level, full-time / part-time*

Kind of subject: obligatory / optional / university-wide*


Group of courses YES / NO*


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30 15

Number of hours of

total student workload

(CNPS)

60 30

Form of crediting Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of

ECTS points for


1

including number of

ECTS points for direct

teacher-student contact

(BK) classes

1,7 1



KNOWLEDGE:

1. Has a basic knowledge on electrical machine construction, knows principles of operation the

basic types of electric machines.

2. Has a basic knowledge on electrical drives.

3. Has a basic knowledge on digital signal processing.

SKILLS:

1. Can correctly and effectively use knowledge on the construction and operation of electrical

machines and drives.

2. Can correctly apply the mathematical methods associated with digital signal processing.

3. Can correctly realize basic measurements of electrical and mechanical quantities.

\

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. Familiarizing students with basic issues of technical diagnostics of industrial objects.

C2. Familiarizing students with basic methods for monitoring and diagnosis of electric machines and

drives.

C3. Perfecting skills for qualitative understanding and the interpretation of results of analysis of

diagnostic signals.

C4. Acquisition of practical knowledge regarding the construction, operation and completion systems

for monitoring and diagnosis of industrial plants, in particular – complex drive systems



PEK_W01 - Has knowledge on the basic methods for monitoring and diagnosis of industrial

objects

PEK_W02 - Has knowledge on the basic methods of faults detecting in electrical machines and

drives

PEK_W03 - Has matured knowledge of signal processing methods applied in diagnostics.

Relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - Has skills relating to the detection of basic faults in electrical machines and drives.

PEK_U02 - Can choose the method and measuring equipment to monitor industrial plants.

Relating to social competences: PEK_K01 – Understands the needs for team work on finding and improving the methods of problem

solving.


PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Introduction to technical diagnostics 2

Lec 2 Diagnostic signals and symptoms (classification, characteristics,

techniques of digital estimation, filtration).

2

Lec 3-4 Indirect measurement of selected electrical and mechanical quantities

used in monitoring and diagnostics in industry

4

Lec 5 Thermal diagnostics of industrial objects (temperature, heat testing,

thermovision testing)

2

Lec 6-7 Monitoring and diagnostics of rotating machines 4

Lec 8 Monitoring and diagnostics of converter-fed drives 2

Lec 9-10 Methods for fault detection of industrial processes 4

Lec 11 Fault location methods of industrial processes 2

Lec 12 Mathematical models in the process diagnostics (observers and Kalman

filters)

2

Lec 13 Artificial intelligence methods in the process diagnostics 2

Lec 14-15 Monitoring and diagnostic computer systems (hardware and software).

Review of technical solutions

4

Total hours 30


hours

Lab 1 The system for dynamic conditions monitoring of induction motors 2

Lab 2 The automatic testing and monitoring of the characteristics of the

converter-fed induction motor drive

2

Lab 3-4 Diagnostics of the induction motors on the basis of stator current 4

Lab 5 Diagnostics of the induction motors on the basis of mechanical

vibrations

2

Lab 6 Application of the thermovision to thermal diagnostics of industrial

objects

2

Lab 7 Monitoring of submerged pumps 2

Lab 8 Crediting with grade 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1 - Multimedia lecture with elements of traditional and problematic lectures

N2 - Own work - self-study and preparation for the exam

N3 - Consultation

N4 - Own work - preparing for the laboratory

N5 - Testing of knowledge by short tests

N6 - Laboratory - a discussion of the results concluded in the reports.





end)

Educational effect


Lecture

P1 PEK_W01 ÷ PEK_W03 Written and oral exam

P=P1

Laboratory


PEK_U01 ÷ PEK_U02

Assessment to prepare for laboratory exercises


PEK_K01 ÷ PEK_K02 Activity in laboratory lessons


Rating reports of laboratory exercises

P=0,2*F1+0,4*F2+0,4*F3


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Cempel C., Tomaszewski F. (edytorzy), Diagnostyka maszyn. Zasady ogólne, przykłady

zastosowań, MCNEMT Radom 1992

[2] Glinka T., Badania diagnostyczne maszyn elektrycznych w przemyśle, Komel, Katowice 2000

[3] Korbicz J. i inni (edytorzy), Diagnostyka procesów. Modele, metody sztucznej inteligencji,

zastosowania, WNT Warszawa, 2002

[4] Kościelny M.J., Diagnostyka zautomatyzowanych procesów przemysłowych, Akademicka Oficyna

Wyd. EXIT, Warszawa 2001

[5] Kowalski C.T., Monitorowanie i diagnostyka uszkodzeń silników indukcyjnych wykorzystaniem

sieci neuronowych, Prace Naukowe Instytutu Maszyn, Napędów i Pomiarów Elektrycznych, nr57,

Wrocław 2005


[1] Basztura C., Komputerowe systemy diagnostyki akustycznej, PWN 1996

[2] Vas P., Parameter estimation, condition monitoring and diagnosis of electrical machines, Clarendon

Press, Oxford 1993


Czesław Kowalski, czesł[email protected]


SUBJECT

Monitoring and diagnostic systems in industry

AND EDUCATIONAL EFFECTS FOR MAIN FIELD OF STUDY Control

Engineering and Robotics


Systems





applicable)**

Subject



number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_A_W04 C1 ÷ C2 Lec1 ÷ Lec15 N1 ÷ N3



PEK_U01 S2ASE_A_U04 C3 ÷ C4 Lab1 ÷ Lab8 N4 ÷ N6

PEK_U02 S2ASE_A_U04 C3 ÷ C4 Lab1 ÷ Lab8 N4 ÷ N6

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01÷ S2ASE_K02 C3 ÷ C4 Lab1 ÷ Lab8 N1 ÷ N6

PEK_K02 S2ASE_K01÷ S2ASE_K02 C3 ÷ C4 Lab1 ÷ Lab8 N1 ÷ N6



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish …Sieci neuronowe w automatyce

Name in English … Neural Networks in Control Engineering


Specialization (if applicable): … Automation and Control of Electric Power Systems




Group of courses NO





(CNPS) 30 30



grade




classes 1





Has knowledge in the field of control theory, informatics and modeling of dynamical systems

(in Matlab/Simulink). \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 – Familiarizing students with the extended knowledge on the neural modeling, topologies of neural

networks (recurrent, with mixed feedbacks, dynamical networks, neuro-fuzzy networks, radial basis

networks, wavelet networks etc.), their learning and optimization methods.

C2 – The acquisition of practical knowledge on the design and software-based realization of different

neural network structures and their applications as controllers, state estimators, fault classifiers and

detectors in industrial systems.


relating to knowledge: PEK_W01 – Has a matured knowledge on different neural network architectures (recurrent, with mixed

feedbacks, dynamical networks, neuro-fuzzy networks, radial basis networks, wavelet networks

etc.) and their learning methods.

PEK_W02 – Has knowledge on basic optimization methods of neural networks.

PEK_W03 – Has knowledge on fundamental applications of chosen neural network structures as

controllers, state estimators, fault classifiers and detectors in industrial systems, including

electrical drives.

relating to skills: PEK_U01 – Can design different neural network structures for specific application and train them for

problem solving..

PEK_U02 – Can design the control structure with neural controller, including adaptive solution.

relating to social competences: PEK_K01 –Can think and act in a creative and independent way. Can find and improve the methods of

problem solving.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Introduction. Basic problems and structures of neural networks –

repetition. 2

Lec 2-3 Feedforward network, recurrent networks, networks with mixed feedbacks,

ADALINE and MADALINE networks, selforganising networks, their

training methods. Neuro-fuzzy networks..

4

Lec 4 Advanced learning methods and structure optimization methods for neural

networks. 2

Lec 5 Neural state and parameter estimators for dynamical plants. 2

Lec 6 Neural controllers for dynamical plants – overview of solutions. Adaptive

neural controllers. 2

Lec 7 Neural diagnosis systems, neural networks for faults detection.

Selforganising Kohonen network and its application for faults recognition

of plants and control systems.

2

Lec 8 Lecture assessment – written test. 1

Total hours 15


hours

Lab1 Introduction. Organization of exercises. Familiarizing with simulation

software. 2

Lab2-3 Design and training of different neural networks, testing of learning methods. 4

Lab4 Design and training of neural state and parameter estimators for dynamical

plants. 2

Lab5-6 Design and training of neural controllers, including adaptive controllers. 4

Lab7 Design of neural fault detectors for controlled plants. 2

Lab8 Crediting with grade. 1

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED












achievement

LECTURE

F1 PEK_W01 PEK_W03 Written test

P=F1

LABORATORY

F1 PEK_U01, PEK_U02


laboratory exercises (short tests)

F2 PEK_U01, PEK_U02

PEK_K01 Activity in the laboratory practices

F3 PEK_U01, PEK_U02

Evaluation of the laboratory reports

P = 0,2*F1+0,4*F2+0,4*F3


LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA:

[1] Osowski S. Sieci neuronowe w ujęciu algorytmicznym, WNT 1996

[2] Rutkowska D., Piliński M., Rutkowski L., Sieci neuronowe, algorytmy genetyczne i systemy

rozmyte, PWN, 1997.

[3] Neural Networks Toolbox for use with MATLAB®, User’s Guide

LITERATURA UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA:

[1] Korbicz J., Obuchowicz A., Uciński D., Sztuczne sieci neuronowe. Podstawy i zastosowania.

Akademicka Oficyna Wydawnicza PLJ, Warszawa 1994

[2] Żurada J., Barski M., Jędruch W., Sztuczne sieci neuronowe, PWN, 1996





Neural Networks in Control Engineering



AND SPECIALIZATION AUTOMATION AND CONTROL OF ELECTRIC POWER

SYSTEMS

Subject

educational

effect


and educational effects defined for main field

of study and specialization (if applicable)**

Subject


content*** Teaching

tool number

PEK_W01 S2ASE_B_W02 C1, C2 Wy1 Wy3 N1 N3

PEK_W02 S2ASE_B_W02 C1, C2 Wy4 N1 N3

PEK_W03 S2ASE_B_W02 C1, C2 Wy5 Wy8 N1 N3

PEK_U01 S2ASE_B_U02 C1, C2 Lab1 Lab8 N4 N6

PEK_U02 S2ASE_B_U02 C1, C2 Lab1 Lab8 N4 N6

PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01 C1, C2 Lab1 Lab8 N1 N6

1

Zał. nr 4 do ZW

Wydział ELEKTRYCZNY

KARTA PRZEDMIOTU

Name in Polish Sterowanie rozmyte

Name in English Fuzzy Logic Control




Kind of subject: optional Subject code ARR023235

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of



Number of hours of

total student workload

(CNPS) 30 30

Form of crediting Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*




including number of

ECTS points for practical

(P) classes 1

including number of

ECTS points for direct

teacher-student contact

(BK) classes

0.75 1



1. Has basic knowledge in automation, informatics and modeling in the range of the first level

of the study. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1. The acquisition of knowledge in the field of fuzzy sets, fuzzy controllers structures of

different types and aspects of industrial applications of fuzzy systems.

C2. Acquire skills in the design and testing of various types of fuzzy systems.

PRZEDMIOTOWE EFEKTY KSZTAŁCENIA


He has knowledge of fuzzy sets, different types of fuzzy controllers and aspects of industrial

applications of fuzzy systems.

PEK_W01 know the basic concepts of fuzzy logic.

PEK_W02 has knowledge of the membership functions, type I and II.

PEK_W03 know basic math operations on fuzzy sets.

2

PEK_W04 know the structure of a Mamdani fuzzy system

PEK_W05 has knowledge of the essential features of the rules, the rule base and the fuzzy

model.

PEK_W06 know the structure of TSK type fuzzy system.

PEK_W07 has knowledge of the industrial applications of fuzzy logic

relating to skills:

Acquire skills in the design and testing of various types of fuzzy systems.

PEK_U01 Can design different types of the fuzzy controllers, define operations in

fuzzyfication, interference and defuzzyfication parts, define the base rules, test the

control system with fuzzy controller

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Introduction to fuzzy logic.

2

Lec 2 Schwab’s axioms, membership functions, types of fuzzy sets,

mathematical operations.

2

Lec 3 Mamdani fuzzy system type, blocks, blurring, sharpening, and inference.

2

Lec 4 Significant features of the rules, and the rule base fuzzy system.

2

Lec 5 TSK-type fuzzy systems, Tsukamoto and others.

2

Lec 6 The method for selecting the parameters of fuzzy systems.

2

Lec 7 Industrial applications of fuzzy systems. 2

Lec 8 Assessment 1

Total hours 15


hours

Lab 1 Organizational matters. Introduction to the software. 2

Lab 2-4 Design of Mamdani type fuzzy controller, design and tests of the fuzzy

controller working with the selected types of the plant, the selection of the

control parameters.

6

Lab 5 Designing a TSK fuzzy system for the selected plant. 2

Lab 6-7 The adaptive fuzzy system 4

Lab 8 Assessment 1

…

Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Multimedia Lecture with elements of traditional and problematic lectures

N2. Written tests

N3. Reports


3




Educational effect number Way of evaluating

educational effect

achievement

Ocena laboratorium

F1 PEK_U01 Written tests

F2 PEK_U01 Report P=0,4*F1+0,6*F2

Ocena wykład

P PEK_W01 PEK_W07 Final tests

LITERATURA PODSTAWOWA I UZUPEŁNIAJĄCA

PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Piegat A., Modelowanie i sterowanie rozmyte, Exit, 1999.

[2] Łęski J., Sytemy neuronowo-rozmyte, WNT, 2008.


[1] Michels K., Klawonn F., Kruse R., Nurnberger A., Fuzzy Control: Fundamentals,

Stability and Design of Fuzzy Controllers (Studies in Fuzziness and Soft Computing),

Springer 2006.

[2] J Yager R.R., Filev D.P., Essential of Fuzzy Modelling and Control, John Wiley & Sons,

Inc., 1994

[3] Driankov D, Hellendoorn H., Reinfrank M, An Introduction to fuzzy control. Springer

2010.


Krzysztof Szabat; [email protected]


SUBJECT FUZZY LOGIC CONTROL


AUTOMATISATION AND ROBOTICS AND SPECIALIZATION




educational effects defined


specialization (if

applicable)**

Subje

ct

object

ives**

*

Programme

content*** Teaching

tool

number***

PEK_W01 S2ASE_B_W03 C1 Lec1 N1

PEK_W02 S2ASE_B_W03 C1 Lec 2 N1





PEK_W07 S2ASE_B_W03 C1 Lec 7- Lec 8

N1

PEK_U01 S2ASE_B_U03

C2 Lab 1 Lab 7 N2, N3

4

Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Normalizacja i prawo inżynierskie

Name in English Standardization and engineering law






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15


student workload

(CNPS)

30



crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*






classes




classes

0.5





citizenship education relating to social competences:

1. Awareness of continuous training and professional development. \







C4 Awareness of the role of standardization and law in engineering activity.





PEK_W03 – He is able to explain the procedures for standards development.







PROGRAMME CONTENT


of hours

Lec 1 Legal considerations of engineering and legal basis for standardization. 2

Lec 2 The role of standarization in engineering activity. Procedures for the development of

standards.

2

Lec 3 Product standarization. 2

Lec 4 Normalization in quality management and conformity assessment of products with EU

directives

2

Lec 5 Legal responsibility for the products and their safety. 2

Lec 6 The Directive on general product safety.

Lec 7 Low Voltage Directive. Assessment of product comformity with the requirements of

EU directives, regulations and standards.

2


Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations.





end)

Educational effect


P PEK_W01 -PEK_W05



PRIMARY LITERATURE:








z 2007 r. nr 155, poz. 1089.








[6] Komisja Europejska: Wdrażanie dyrektyw opartych na koncepcji nowego globalnego podejścia - Przewodnik.

www.mgip.gov.pl




http://www.gov.pl/




SUBJECT

Standardization and engineering law




Systems





Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K2AiR_W06 C1 Lec 1 N1 – N2


PEK_W03 K2AiR_W06 C1, C2 Lec 2–Lec 4 N1 –N2


PEK_W05 K2AiR_W06 C1, C2, C4 Lec 4-Lec 7 N1 –N2





Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Prawo inżynierskie

Name in English Engineering law






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15


student workload

(CNPS)

30



crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*






classes




classes

0.5



1. It has a basic knowledge of the application of the law in social relations, legal entities

and individuals, obtained at the level of secondary education programs specified in

civics and citizenship education relating to social competences:

2. Awareness of continuous training and professional development. \





- right on Measures.

C2 Realising the importance of knowledge of the law in the engineering activity.






PEK_W04 – It is able to explain the concept of the EU new approach directives and their

implementation into Polish law.



PEK_W06 – He knows the right on Measures and EU rules on measuring instruments.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Legal considerations of engineering activity. 2

Lec 2 Standarization and its legal basis. 2

Lec 3 Legal responsibility of the manufacturer, importer and seller for the products and

their safety.

2

Lec 4 The Directive on general product safety. 2

Lec 5 Directive of the European Union's new approach and its implementation into the

Polish legislation. Low Voltage Directive.

2

Lec 6 Assessment of product comformity with the requirements of EU directives,

regulations and standards.

2

Lec 7 Legal metrology and Law on Measures. EU Directive on measuring instruments. 2


Total hours 11

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations.


Evaluation (F –

forming (during

semester), P –

concluding (at

semester end)


achievement

P PEK_W01-PEK_W06, PEK_K01-

PEK_K02 Written test.

C


PRIMARY LITERATURE:








z 2007 r. nr 155, poz. 1089.




[1] Zdziennicka-Koczacha G.: Kodeks cywilny z komentarzem 2012. Wyd. SIGMA, Skierniewice 2012. [2] Komisja Europejska: Wdrażanie dyrektyw opartych na koncepcji nowego globalnego podejścia - Przewodnik.

www.mgip.gov.pl




http://www.gov.pl/




SUBJECT

Engineering law




Systems





Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K2AiR_W06 C1 Lec 1 N1, N2


PEK_W03 K2AiR_W06 C1, C2 Lec 3 - Lec 4 N1, N2




PEK_K01 (competences) K2AiR_K05 C1, C2 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1, N2

PEK_K02 K2AiR_K03 C1, C2 Lec 1-Lec 7 N1, N2



Zał. nr 4 do ZW 64/2012


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish Normalizacja techniczna

Name in English Technical Standardization






Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15


student workload

(CNPS)

30



crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*

Examination /

crediting with

grade*






classes




classes

0.5





citizenship education relating to social competences:

Awareness of continuous training and professional development. \

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES C1 Understanding the basic elements technical standardization;



C4 Awareness of the role of standardization in engineering activity.



PEK_W01 - He knows the legal basis for standardization and its importance in engineering activity.

PEK_W02 – It is able to describe the standardization activities at international and national levels.

PEK_W03 – He knows the standards development process.

PEK_W04 – Understands the importance of standardization of products. PEK_W05 – He is able to describe how to carry out assessment of products conformity with the


PEK_W06 – Understands the importance of standardization processes in the management of quality and

safety.




PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Legal basis for standardization. 2

Lec 2 Standardization activity at international and national levels. 2

Lec 3 Procedures for the development of standards. 2

Lec 4 Products standardization. 2

Lec 5 Standarization in quality management. 2

Lec 6 The standardization in the evaluation of product comformity with the requirements

of EU directives .

2

Lec 7 Standardization in safety and environmental management. 2


Total hours 15

TEACHING TOOLS USED


N2. Consultations.





end)

Educational effect


P PEK_W01 -PEK_W06



PRIMARY LITERATURE:







[6] Norma PN-N- 18001:2004 Systemy zarządzania bezpieczeństwem i higieną pracy. Wymagania.





SUBJECT

Technical Standarization




Systems





Subject



number***

PEK_W01 (knowledge) K2AiR_W06 C1-C2 Lec 1 N1 – N2





PEK_W06 K2AiR_W06 C3, C4 Lec 5, Lec 7 N1 –N2





1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Seminarium dyplomowe

Name in English: Diploma seminar





Subject code: ARR022158S



Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

30



90


with grade*


(X) final course

Number of ECTS points 3 including number of ECTS


classes

3




3




1. Student has the well-ordered theoretical knowledge to meet requirements of MSc work in

the work in the specialization of Automation and Control in Electrical Power Systems. relating to skills:

1. Student is capable of using the learned knowledge for the realization of MSc work in the field of Electrical Power Automation.


1. Student can work in a team and understand the need to improve one's skill all the time.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. To assimilate ability to present the results of computations, experiments and analysis made in the

frame of MSc work.

C2. To become skillful at the critical assessment of the results of computations, experiments and

analysis made in the frame of MSc work.

C3. To be able to take part in group discussion on the problems considered in MSc works.

2


relating to skills:

PEK_U01 - Student can acquire information from literature and data base concerning the theme

associated with the realization of the MSc work.

PEK_U02 - Student is able to think, interpret and present the investigation results and to make public

presentation.

PEK_U03 - Student is able to use the gained knowledge and take advantage of solving, interpreting and

presenting various problems in the field Automation and Control in Electrical Power

Systems.

PEK_U04 - Student is able to judge other students by asking and discussing their MSc works.

relating to social competenties:

PEK_K01 - Student has a sense of responsilibity of their own work and is open to the exchange of

ideas and new challemges.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1

Lec 2

Lec 3

Total hours


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1 To make oneself acquainted with program, requirements and way of

receiving a credit for a class. 2

Sem2-

Sem15 Presentation of investigation results related to MSc works. 28

Total hours 30

3

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Seminar with using the audio-video technique and multimedia presentation.

N2. Relevant problem's discussion of presented materials.


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


F1

PEK_U01

PEK_U02

PEK_U03

PEK_K01

Mark for individual presentation.

F2 PEK_U04 Mark for class activity

P = 0.7F1+0.3F2


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

Literature recommended by MSc thesis supervisor.


MSc related literature collected by student.


Prof. dr hab. inż. Janusz Szafran, [email protected]


Diploma seminar


Electrical Engineering

AND SPECIALIZATION Electrical Power Engineering

Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***

PEK_U01 S2ASE_U11 C1 Sem1-Sem15 N1


PEK_U03 S2ASE_U11 C1,C2 Sem1-Sem15 N1


PEK_K01 S2ASE_K01 C3 Sem1-Sem15 N1, N2



1


SUBJECT CARD

Name in Polish: Zarządzanie przedsiębiorstwem

Name in English: Management of a Company





Subject code ZMR022513W

Group of courses NO


Number of hours of


University (ZZU)

15


student workload (CNPS) 30


with grade


(X) final course




classes




0.5




1. The student has the basic knowledge necessary to understand the social, economic, legal and other

non-technical considerations engineering activities.


1. The student understands the need and knows possibility of permanent one’s education,

professional, personal and social competence raising,

2. He has an awareness of responsibility for his work.

SUBJECT OBJECTIVES

C1. Introduce with organizing and management. C2. Get to know ways to accomplish of controlling and diagnosis of the firm acting.

2



PEK_W01- Student has knowledge on the scope of organizing and management.

PEK_W02 - Student has knowledge on the scope of the chosen methods and technics of diagnose and

improving in functional areas of firm.


PEK_K01 - Student be able to collaborate and work in the group.

PEK_K02 – Student show the readiness to identify, critical analyze and decide the appearing problems

in the site of work. Student be able to evaluate of effect of taking up decisions.

PROGRAMME CONTENT


hours

Lec 1 Management, strategic management. 2

Lec 2 Company, company infrastructure. The objectives of the company. 2

Lec 3 Business strategies in the era of globalization and regionalization. 2

Lec 4 Strategic analysis of the company. 2

Lec 5 Restructuring of businesses, including infrastructure companies. 2

Lec 6 Regulation of infrastructure companies. The role of the Energy Regulatory

Office (ERO). 2

Lec 7 Operational planning, tactical and strategic. 2

Lec 8 Test 1

Total hours 15


hours

Cl 1

Cl 2

Cl 3

Total hours


hours

Lab1

Lab2

Lab3

Total hours


hours

Proj1

Proj2

Proj3

Total hours


hours

Sem1

Sem2

3

Sem3

Total hours

TEACHING TOOLS USED

N1. Lecture, multimedia presentation.


Evaluation

F – forming

(during semester),

P – concluding

(at semester end)

Educational effect


P PEK_W01,

PEK_W02 Colloquium


PRIMARY LITERATURE:

[1] Drucker P., Zarządzanie w XXI wieku, Wydawnictwo Muza, Warszawa 2002.

[2] Griffin R.W., Podstawy zarządzania organizacjami, PWN, Warszawa 2004.

[3] Stabryła A., Zarządzanie strategiczne w teorii i praktyce firmy. PWN, Warszawa – Kraków

2000.

[4] Steinmann H., Schreyögg G., Zarządzanie – podstawy kierowania przedsiębiorstwem,

koncepcje, funkcje, przykłady. Oficyna Wydawnicza Politechniki Wrocławskiej, Wrocław

2001.


[1] Bieniok H., Metody sprawnego zarządzania: planowanie, organizowanie, motywowanie,

kontrola, Wydawnictwo Placet, Warszawa 2001.

[2] Obłój K., Strategia organizacji. PWE, Warszawa 2001.

[3] Pr. Zbiorowa, Podstawy organizacji i zarządzania, Wyd. Naukowe Uniwersytetu

Szczecińskiego, Szczecin 2004.




Management of a Company



AND SPECIALIZATION


Subject

educational

effect





Subject

objectives***

Programme

content***

Teaching tool

number***


Lec6, Lec7 N1

PEK_W02 K2AiR_W05 C2 Lec3 – Lec5 N1

PEK_K01 K2AiR_W05 C1 Lec1, Lec2,

Lec6, Lec7 N1

PEK_K02 K2AiR_W05 C2 Lec3 – Lec5 N1



Date post:	27-Mar-2018
Category:	Documents
Upload:	dinhkhanh
View:	213 times
Download:	0 times